Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
ATP-45(D)
ATP-45(D)
MAY 2010
i
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
ii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PIP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
26 May 2010
1.
ATP-45(D) - WARNING AND REPORTING AND HAZARD PREDICTION OF CHEMICAL,
BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR INCIDENTS (OPERATORS MANUAL) is NATO/PIP
UNCLASSIFIED publication. The agreement 01 nations to use this publication is recorded in STANAG
2103.
2.
ATP-45(D) is effective on a date to be promUlgated by the NSA When made effective it shall
supersede ATP-45(C), which shall be destroyed in accordance with the local procedures lor the
destruction 01 documents.
_"""""'''-_---4l~I-Io\....wIORENO
iii
NATO/PIP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
iv
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
v
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
vi
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
RECORD OF CHANGES
Change No.
Date Entered
vii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
By Whom Entered
(Signature; Rank,
Grade or Rate:
Name or Command)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
viii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ix
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
x
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS
BGR
CZE
GRC
As regards the Hellenic Armed Forces units and formations that are not
yet equipped with the appropriate software and biological detector
resources, the STANAG parts that reply such resources wil be
implemented gradually through a long-term national NBC procurement
programme.
NOR
SVN
xi
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
xii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS ..................................................................................... IX
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................... xiii
LIST OF FIGURES .............................................................................................................................XXIII
CHAPTER 1 CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING............................................................................... 1
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION............................................................................................. 1
0101.
Aim ....................................................................................................................................... 1
0102.
General ................................................................................................................................ 1
0103.
Purpose of ATP-45 .............................................................................................................. 1
0104.
Classes of Weapons/Devices .............................................................................................. 1
0105.
CBRN Defence Principles.................................................................................................... 2
0106.
CBRN Warning and Reporting............................................................................................. 2
SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................... 4
0107.
CBRN Warning and Reporting Areas .................................................................................. 4
0108.
CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres ............................................................................... 4
0109.
Functions ............................................................................................................................. 4
0110.
Source Level ........................................................................................................................ 5
0111.
CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities ............................................. 5
0112.
CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities............................... 6
SECTION III - COORDINATION........................................................................................................... 8
0113.
Importance of Coordination ................................................................................................. 8
0114.
Overlap and Duplication ...................................................................................................... 8
0115.
Clarification and Correlation ................................................................................................ 8
0116.
Area of Observation HQs..................................................................................................... 8
0117.
Civil/Military Cooperation ..................................................................................................... 8
SECTION IV PLOTTING PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 9
0118.
Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas ........................................................................ 9
0119.
Definitions ............................................................................................................................ 9
0120.
Plotting Techniques ........................................................................................................... 10
SECTION V CBRN REPORTS........................................................................................................ 11
0121.
CBRN 1 through CBRN 6 Reports..................................................................................... 11
0122.
Missile Intercept Report ..................................................................................................... 11
0123.
Friendly Nuclear Strike Warning Report ............................................................................ 11
0124.
Hazardous Material Warning Report ................................................................................. 11
0125.
Weather Reports................................................................................................................ 11
0126.
CBRN Situational Report ................................................................................................... 12
0127.
Position Referencing.......................................................................................................... 12
0128.
Classification and Precedence .......................................................................................... 13
0129.
Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports....................................................................... 13
CHAPTER 2 METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS ...................................................................................... 1
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION............................................................................................. 1
0201.
Aim ....................................................................................................................................... 1
0202.
Meteorological Definitions.................................................................................................... 1
xiii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0203.
0204.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0320.
Immediate Warning............................................................................................................ 30
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0423.
0424.
Hazard Duration................................................................................................................. 39
Times of Arrival Calculation ............................................................................................... 39
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0642.
0643.
0644.
0645.
0646.
0647.
0648.
0649.
0650.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0904.
0905.
0906.
0907.
0908.
0909.
0910.
Planning ............................................................................................................................... 3
Determination of Units to be Warned................................................................................... 3
Hazard Estimate and Warning Timeliness........................................................................... 3
Other Warnings.................................................................................................................... 3
Message Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 4
Warning Cancellation........................................................................................................... 4
Reporting HAZWARN .......................................................................................................... 4
xx
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category...................................................................................... 7
Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment .............................................................................................. 8
Table 2 - 3. Layers allocated to Standard Pressure Levels, Cloud Base (Bottom) Parameters for the
seven Yield Groups....................................................................................................................... 13
Table 2 - 4. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain the EDW Speed in Knots 13
Table 2 - 5. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain EDW Speed in km/h........ 13
Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas ................. 11
Table 3 - 2. Type A, Case 2, Downwind Hazard Area Distance ........................................................... 15
Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on
LAND............................................................................................................................................. 16
Table 3 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on
LAND............................................................................................................................................. 16
Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release .......................... 17
Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas................................ 32
Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases ........................................................... 52
Table 3 - 8. CBRN 1 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 63
Table 3 - 9. CBRN 2 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 64
Table 3 - 10. CBRN 3 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 65
Table 3 - 11. CBRN 4 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 66
Table 3 - 12. CBRN 5 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 67
Table 3 - 13. CBRN 6 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 68
Table 4 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Biological Releases Hazard Areas ................................. 7
Table 4 - 2. CBRN 1 BIO - Example...................................................................................................... 44
Table 4 - 3. CBRN 2 BIO - Example..................................................................................................... 45
Table 4 - 4. CBRN 3 BIO - Example..................................................................................................... 46
Table 4 - 5. CBRN 4 BIO - Example...................................................................................................... 47
Table 4 - 6. CBRN 5 BIO - Example...................................................................................................... 48
Table 4 - 7. CBRN 6 BIO - Example...................................................................................................... 49
Table 5 - 1. Type of Radiological Incident, Description and Template Source Term.............................. 4
Table 5 - 2. Types and Cases of Radiological Releases......................................................................... 7
Table 5 - 3. CBRN 1 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 28
Table 5 - 4. CBRN 2 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 29
Table 5 - 5. CBRN 3 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 30
Table 5 - 6. CBRN 4 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 31
Table 5 - 7. CBRN 5 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 32
Table 5 - 8. CBRN 6 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 33
Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m Isotope is not specified................... 37
Table 5 - 10. Dose - Activity conversion factor...................................................................................... 38
Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient ......................................................................................................... 39
Table 6 - 1. Angular Variation as a Function of Effective Wind Speed and Yield for the Northwest
European Area.............................................................................................................................. 19
Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h ....................................... 27
Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots...................................... 27
Table 6 - 4. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 27
Table 6 - 5. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in Knots.................................... 28
Table 6 - 6. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 28
Table 6 - 7. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in Knots.................................... 29
Table 6 - 8. Transmission Factors/Protection Factors........................................................................... 31
Table 6 - 9. Examples of CBRN 4 NUC Reports................................................................................... 37
Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination ....................................................................................... 48
Table 6 - 11. Soil Types for Induced Radiation Calculations ................................................................ 49
Table 6 - 12. Normalizing Factors (Correction to H + 1 hour) ............................................................... 60
Table 6 - 13. CBRN 1 NUC Example ............................................................................................... 107
Table 6 - 14. CBRN 2 NUC Example ............................................................................................... 108
Table 6 - 15. CBRN 3 NUC Example ............................................................................................... 108
xxi
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
xxii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 - 1. Chemical, Biological, Radiological or Nuclear Incident...................................................... 3
Figure 1 - 2. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas....................................................................... 9
Figure 2 - 1. Typical Effects of Terrain and Structures on Wind Patterns ............................................... 4
Figure 2 - 2. DELTAM Yield Group Wind Vector Plot........................................................................... 12
Figure 2 - 3. Areas of Validity for the Northern Hemisphere ................................................................ 16
Figure 2 - 4. Areas of Validity for the Southern Hemisphere................................................................ 17
Figure 3 - 1. Simplified Procedures Case 1 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed 10 km/h7
Figure 3 - 2. Simplified Procedures Case 2 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed > 10 km/h9
Figure 3 - 3. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree........................................... 12
Figure 3 - 4. Type A, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h........................................................................... 14
Figure 3 - 5. Type A, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 15
Figure 3 - 6. Type B, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h........................................................................... 18
Figure 3 - 7. Type B, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 19
Figure 3 - 8. Type B, Case 3 - Wind Speed 10 km/h.......................................................................... 20
Figure 3 - 9. Type B, Case 4 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.......................................................................... 21
Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed 10 km/h ..... 23
Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h ..... 24
Figure 3 - 12. Type C, Case 1 Chemical Agent release of Unknown Origin ...................................... 25
Figure 3 - 13. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 1 .......................................................................... 28
Figure 3 - 14. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 2 .......................................................................... 29
Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree ....................... 37
Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................. 39
Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................. 40
Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 Daytime (Unstable) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction
Factor ............................................................................................................................................ 42
Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 Night time (Neutral or Stable) Line source Hazard Distance
Reduction Factor........................................................................................................................... 44
Figure 3 - 20. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 1 - Wind Speed 10 km/h.................................................... 46
Figure 3 - 21. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h.................................................... 48
Figure 3 - 22. Type D, Sub-type 3, Case 1............................................................................................ 49
Figure 3 - 23. Recalculation, Type A, - From 10 km/h to > 10 km/h................................................... 53
Figure 3 - 24. Recalculation from Type A Case 2 to Type A Case 1 - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.. 55
Figure 3 - 25. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.................................................... 56
Figure 3 - 26. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to 10 km/h.................................................... 57
Figure 3 - 27. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Downwind Direction by >30..................... 59
Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed
...................................................................................................................................................... 60
Figure 3 - 29. Recalculation, Type B, Case 6 - Change in Downwind Direction > 30 ......................... 62
Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area ............................................... 5
Figure 4 - 2. Downwind Travel Distances Initial Period (First CDR) ................................................. 10
Figure 4 - 3. Biological Incident Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree .......................................... 11
Figure 4 - 4.Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................................... 12
Figure 4 - 5. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h................................................ 13
Figure 4 - 6. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 14
Figure 4 - 7.Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ................................................ 14
Figure 4 - 8. Type P Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h .............................................. 15
Figure 4 - 9. Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 16
Figure 4 - 10. Type Q Case 1, Point Release Wind Speed 10 km/h ............................................ 18
Figure 4 - 11. Type Q Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h............................................ 19
Figure 4 - 12. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h.............................................. 20
Figure 4 - 13. Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................................. 22
Figure 4 - 14. Types S, Unobserved Release.................................................................................... 24
Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release ........................................................................................... 25
xxiii
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
xxvi
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 1
CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING
0101.
Aim
1.
0102.
General
Defence against Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) weapons has
1.
traditionally been treated as a single subject area within NATO military doctrine publications. This
approach derives from: the wide geographic areas that may be affected by such attacks; the large
numbers of personnel potentially at risk; the similarity of some hazard impacts at the individual level;
certain commonalties in protection measures; and the supposed novelty of each of these classes of
science-derived weapons. It must also be recognized that CBRN weapons and their means of delivery
are subject to continuous development, with consequent alterations to their employment
characteristics and impacts. Finally, the nature of military operations is itself in a period of rapid
change, led in part by shifting public perceptions of acceptable risk and increasing concerns about
environmental hazards.
0103. Purpose of ATP-45
The purpose of this publication is to prescribe the CBRN procedures to be followed by Land,
1.
Air and Naval forces for the:
a. Reporting of all chemical, biological or radiological attacks and nuclear detonations and
resulting contamination.
b. Predicting and warning of hazard areas from CBRN incidents.
c. Contributing to the evaluation of CBRN information in order to complete the common
operational picture for the commander.
d. Warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile.
e. Transmitting of advanced hazard warning of a potential CBRN agent or Toxic Industrial
Materials (TIM) release.
f.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN incidents and resulting contamination can have a significant effect on any military
1.
operation, be it on land, in the air or at sea, and a decisive influence on a commander's decisions and
estimates.
1-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN
Substances
TIM
(TIC, TIR, TIB)
CBRN
Agents
Environmental
Hazards
Counter
Force
Targeting
CBRN
Device
TIM
Release
CBRN
Weapon
EIH
Incident
CBRN
Incident
Supported
EIH
Management
CBRN
Hazard
Management
Supported
CBRN Defence
Others
2.
In order to enable commanders at all levels to assess the impact of CBRN incidents on plans
and decisions, they must be provided with timely, accurate and evaluated information on these
incidents. Collection, evaluation and exchange of information on CBRN incidents form an extremely
important part of CBRN defence. To ensure timely provision of the most accurate data on CBRN
incidents and the resulting hazard areas, a CBRN warning and reporting capability is required. It is the
responsibility of commanders at all levels that plans take into account CBRN defence and that
directives and Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs) are available and that these fully meet the
requirements of this Allied Tactical Publication (ATP) and their respective commands.
1-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Inside the above areas and zones, the following CBRN functions will be established:
a. Source Level;
b. CBRN Sub Collection Centres (CBRN SCC);
c. CBRN Collection Centres (CBRN CC);
d. CBRN Zone Control Centres (CBRN ZCC); and
e. CBRN Area Control Centres (CBRN ACC).
2.
The CBRN warning and reporting functions and responsibilities should not be confused with
the normal chain of command. The exchange of CBRN information will of course follow the chain of
command, but neighbouring units are to make arrangements for mutual exchange of CBRN
information through lateral lines of communications and directives to this effect should be contained in
command SOPs. The mutual exchange of CBRN information through lateral lines of communications
should be executed at the lowest possible level.
0109. Functions
CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres (CBRN WRC) must be established at all levels of
1.
command. The type of CBRN WRC will depend on the unit role and its organization:
a. National. (CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC will be established at national commands. Each NATO
nation will normally have at least one CBRN Area of Observation, with the national border as
boundaries. In water areas, of common interest (i.e. English Channel) the middle line is
defined as the borderline. The national authorities must appoint an appropriate command(s) to
be the CBRN ACC for that designated area of observation. Each area of observation is subdivided into Zones of Observation, and appropriate commands must be appointed to assume
responsibilities as CBRN ZCCs.
b. NATO Commands. Normally, NATO Commands will not establish CBRN ACCs and CBRN
ZCCs, as these are territorially dependent. The senior CBRN CC in Out of Area Operations
may assume the duties of the CBRN ACC. In this case, the responsibilities of a CBRN ACC
are given to a NATO command. NATO units may be engaged in operations, e.g. under the
United Nations, where national interests may create a dual chain of information resulting in a
reporting requirement to both NATO and national authorities.
1-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
c. Other Commands. At all NATO and subordinate National Commands, CBRN CCs or CBRN
SCCs must be established down to at least Brigade level, in accordance with national
directives.
0110. Source Level
CBRN observation posts, survey and reconnaissance teams, sites, units and sub units, or any
1.
other agency below ZCC, CC or SCC, fall into this category.
2.
All source level elements must have an appropriate number of personnel trained and qualified
to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:
a. Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).
b. Report immediately any CBRN incident and subsequent data to the respective CBRN Centre
(CBRN 1/4).
c. Disseminate timely warnings of predicted CBRN hazard areas (CBRN 3) to enable forces to
increase their CBRN state of readiness, to conduct monitoring and to prepare for
reconnaissance, survey and decontamination.
d. Report detection data, monitoring, reconnaissance and survey results to the respective CBRN
Centre (CBRN 4).
e. Submit detailed information on CBRN incidents on request (CBRN 6).
0111. CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities
1.
The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC is responsible for the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of
reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination within the area of operation of the CC or
the SCC. Furthermore, the agency is responsible for the production and dissemination of appropriate
reports and warnings in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of information with adjacent
centres.
2.
CBRN SCC may be established below CBRN CCs where the organization and the chain of
command require a sub division on CBRN centre levels. The establishment of SCCs enables
commanders to define organization and allocate warning and reporting responsibilities to a certain
level.
3.
The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will execute the tasks with regard to their area of operation for
such CBRN incidents that have or may have influence on their units or sub units' operations. CBRN
reports generated by CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local Incident
Serial Number) field 2 (see Annex C).
4.
All CBRN SCCs or CBRN CCs must therefore have an appropriate number of personnel
equipped, trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the following tasks:
a.
Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).
b. Clarify, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from source level or from other
CBRN centres or agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4).
c. Calculate detailed CBRN hazard areas including recalculations as a result of significant
weather changes. Pass the appropriate warnings to units likely to be affected (CBRN 3). The
1-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
calculations for the predicted hazard area must be reevaluated every 2 hours. However, the
situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction
becomes essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that
they are in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.
d. Direct survey efforts within their area of operations.
e. Analyze survey and monitoring results and pass information on the actual contaminated areas
to units likely to be affected (CBRN 4 and CBRN 5).
f.
Request and provide detailed information on CBRN incidents as directed (CBRN 6).
g. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as
arranged by directives and SOPs.
h. Naval CBRN agencies provide information to merchant shipping on predicted CBRN
contamination (MERWARN CBRN Effective Downwind Message (EDM) and MERWARN
CBRN 3).
0112. CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities
1.
CBRN Area Control Centre. The CBRN ACC is responsible for coordination of all activities of
CBRN Centres in a given area of observation. The CBRN ACC is responsible for:
a. The final deconfliction, correlation, clarification and consolidation of CBRN reports.
b. Evaluation of enemy or unidentified CBRN incidents in the area.
c. The exchange of information with national military and civilian authorities as required.
d. Tactical evaluations of the CBRN situation in its own and adjacent areas.
2.
CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ACC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Official
Incident Serial Number) in field 1 and 2 (See Annex C).
3.
CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN
incidents in the Area of Observation.
4.
The CBRN ACC may be responsible for the organization and the implementation of sampling
and identification of biological and chemical agents in accordance with relevant Allied Engineer
Publications (AEP).
5.
CBRN Zone Control Centres. The CBRN ZCC may be established at national land or naval
commands, at territorial commands, or lower levels of commands. The CBRN ZCC is responsible for
the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination
within the zone of observation. Furthermore the CBRN ZCC is responsible for the production and
dissemination of appropriate warnings and reports in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of
information with adjacent zones.
6.
CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ZCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local
Incident Serial Number) in field 2. (See Annex C).
7.
CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC. The CBRN ACC or CBRN ZCC will execute the tasks within the
CBRN Area of Observation or Zone of Observation and to all CBRN incidents within that area or zone.
8.
When operating in areas where the CBRN Area of Observation and the Zone of Observation
are not defined beforehand, the CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC responsibilities must be assigned to
1-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
suitable agencies, and appropriate SOPs must be established, agreed to and exercised by the
involved commands.
9.
CBRN ACCs and CBRN ZCCs must have an appropriate number of personnel equipped,
trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:
a. Report the enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in
accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).
b. Clarify, correlate, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from other centres or
agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4).
c. Transmit promptly CBRN warnings to adjacent HQs or agencies when predicted hazard areas
extend beyond their own area of responsibility (CBRN 3).
d. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as
arranged by directives and SOPs.
e. Organize and coordinate the CBRN warning and reporting system within their area or zone of
observation.
f.
10.
CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN
incidents in the Area of Observation. In addition, the CBRN ACC may be responsible for the
organization and the implementation of sampling and identification of biological and chemical agents in
accordance with relevant AEP.
1-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Hazard Area
(enhanced)
Hazard Area
(detailed)
Hazard Area
(simplified)
Release Area
Attack Area
Contaminated Area
Hazard Area
(actual)
2.
Release Area. The area predicted to be initially affected by the release of a CBRN hazard.
3.
Contaminated Area. The area where a CBRN agent or TIM in solid or liquid form is actually
present.
4.
Hazard Area. An area in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by a
agent or TIM. Note: The hazard area may be defined as the result of a prediction or may be defined
1-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
based upon measurements of contamination (CBRN 4, 5). These hazard areas are the result of CBRN
incidents.
Note: The release area size and the downwind distance depend on the type of release and on the
weather and terrain. Both the release area and the area downwind of the release are
included in the hazard area.
0120. Plotting Techniques
1.
Simplified Procedures. Simplified procedures are those procedures intended to be manually
performed by a CBRN defence staff immediately upon receipt of a message indicating a new CBRN
incident. These procedures, covered within ATP-45, will be as simple as possible and deal only with
the first initial message(s), without taking into consideration recalculation in accordance with upcoming
weather periods.
2.
Detailed Procedures. Detailed procedures are those procedures intended to be performed
manually or by an automated system using one or more messages. The procedures, covered within
ATP-45, are only as complicated and time consuming as required for essential CBRN Warning and
Reporting (W&R) capability. The output can be updated upon receipt of new information.
3.
Enhanced Procedures. Enhanced procedures are those procedures intended to be
performed only by an automated system due to complexity and/or time requirements. The output is
immediately updated upon receipt of new data and is controlled by an operator. Enhanced procedures
are covered within AEP-45.
1 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
This section includes CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF) as published in APP-11 (NATO Message
Catalouge). The information is included for readability purposes only; the sole reference for NATO Text
Messages being APP-11.
1 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Template. The information contain within the SITREP will determine its classification.
Example
CBRN SITREP
GENTEXT/CBRN SITREP/.
1. SITUATION
1.A. SUMMARY OF CBRN 2/5 MESSAGES AND OTHER SUPPORTING ACTIVITIES IN THE
REPORTING PERIOD
1.B. CONSEQUENCES OF THE CBRN INCIDENTS TO INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM
ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS, CASUALTY AND DAMAGE ESTIMATES
2. INTELLIGENCE (J2)
2.A. INFORMATION ON ADVERSARY CBRN CAPABILITIES AND INTENTIONS. WEATHER AND
TERRAIN WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED WITH REGARD TO SUITABLE CONDITIONS FOR CBRN
INCIDENT(S)
2.B. CBRN WEAPON AND DEVICE THREAT LEVEL
2.C. TIM THREAT LEVEL
3. OPERATIONS (J3/5/7)
3.A. A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES THAT CBRN
INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS
3.B. CBRN DRESS STATE
4. LOGISTICS (J4). A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES
THAT CBRN INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL
EFFECTIVENESS. THIS IS TO INCLUDE THE IMPACT ON OPERATIONS IN THE REAR AREA
AND MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE INCIDENT(S)
5. COMMUNICATIONS (J6). SPECIFIC IMPACTS OF INCIDENT(S) ON
COMMUNICATIONS/MEANS
6. PERSONNEL (J1). ASSOCIATED CBRN INFORMATION RELATING TO PERSONNEL.
7. CIMIC (J9). APPROPRIATE CIMIC CO-ORDINATING ACTIVITIES RELATED TO CBRN
INCIDENTS
8. LEGAL AND IO. LEGAL AND IO CONSIDERATIONS MAY BE COVERED HERE
9. RECOMMENDATIONS. A SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
AND MITIGATING ACTIONS.
0127. Position Referencing
When using CBRN standard message formats locations must be identified in World Geodatic
1.
System (WGS) WGS84 by geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude (LAT/LONG)), standard
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, in accordance with the Military Geographic
Reference System (MGRS) or by geographical name.
1 - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause
confusion.
0128. Classification and Precedence
Unless the CBRN message contains specific operational information, e.g. effects on troops, all
1.
such messages should be unclassified. However, when a STRIKWARN is sent the information
contained in sets DELTAW and FOXONEW will not be sent in plain language unless the time of
initiating the warning message is such that no compromise of security is involved and unless its
passage in plain language is essential to personnel safety. Only coding systems, which meet NATO
security criteria, are to be used.
2.
CBRN 1 messages reporting the FIRST adversary use of CBRN weapons or devices must be
given precedence FLASH (Z). All other messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the
operational value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE (O) would be appropriate.
3.
Once a CBRN incident occurs, the number of CBRN messages will be substantial. CBRN
defence staffs must prepare their SOPs carefully in order to avoid an unnecessary load on the
communication systems.
0129. Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports
Each type of CBRN message is comprised of a sequence of sets and has a unique identifier.
1.
Each set contains a sequence of fields. The format for the sets, fields, allowable entries and
conditionalities are explained in Annex C.
1 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
1 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 2
METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS
Aim
The aim of this chapter is to describe the meteorological factors that influence the hazard
1.
resulting from a CBRN release and to describe the different meteorology messages used for predicting
the associated hazard areas.
0202.
Meteorological Definitions
2-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3.
Weather. The following provides greater details on the different weather phenomena:
a. Temperature. The rate of evaporation of a liquid chemical agent or toxic industrial chemical
varies with the temperature. High temperatures will increase the rate of evaporation while
lower temperatures will decrease it. Initially, the vapour hazard of both persistent and nonpersistent agents will be greater at higher temperatures, while the duration of the liquid
contamination and vapour hazard will be shorter. Lower temperatures will have just the
opposite effect. It should be noted that lower temperatures may actually reduce or even
eliminate casualty potential. However, a contact hazard may remain for several days or weeks.
On the other hand, temperature is not expected to have any significant effect on the hazard
area resulting from a biological, radiological or nuclear release.
b. Air Stability Category. The air stability category describes the degree of mixing of a released
agent with the air in the lower atmosphere. There are three general air stability categories:
(1) Stable. Under stable conditions there is little mixing and thus higher concentrations, and
the agent cloud will be effective over long distances.
(2) Neutral. Neutral conditions, the intermediate range for mixing, are most common.
(3) Unstable. Under unstable conditions there is strong mixing and thus shorter hazard
distances.
c. Wind. The wind speed and direction will affect the spread of CBRN contaminates. High winds
can increase the rate of evaporation of liquid chemical agents and the rate at which chemical
clouds are dissipated. The effect on persistent agents is variable. Large spill (Greater than
1500 Litres/Kilogram but equal to or less than 50000 Litres/Kilogram) non-persistent agent
releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 28 km/h. Small spill (200 litres/Kilogram or
Less) non-persistent agent releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 10 km/h.
d. Humidity and Precipitation. Humidity and precipitation alter the effects of chemical agents in
different ways. High humidity, for example, will increase the effectiveness of blister agents, but
will not directly affect the effectiveness of nerve agents. Humidity will alter the effects of
biological agents in different ways. Very low humidity will decrease the effectiveness by
increasing the rate at which agents dry out from atmospheric exposure. Heavy or continuous
rain will wash away liquid chemical contamination, and light rain after a liquid release can
cause the recurrence of a contact hazard. Rain after a blister or persistent nerve agent
release will temporarily increase the evaporation rate, thus increasing the vapour hazard.
Snow reduces the evaporation rate of liquid chemical agents, thus reducing the vapour hazard
in the release area. Heavy or continuous rain will locally reduce nuclear and biological
contamination by washing it out of the air.
e. Inversion Layers. In most cases the concentration of the agent will decrease with increasing
height and reach a low concentration (miosis for chemical) at approximately 800 metres
altitude. Normally there will be no risk above 3000 metres above ground. Certain
meteorological conditions in the atmosphere, known as inversion layers are associated with
stable conditions specified in the CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CDR) under the term
"stability category". Stable conditions usually occur at night or in the morning under conditions
of clear skies and low wind speed but will also result any time the ground or water surface is
cooler than the air above it. An elevated inversion layer occurs when the surface inversion
layer decays. With both inversion and elevated inversion layers the concentration of the agent
will be higher within the layer than with no inversion. The concentration of the agent will be
very small above the layer. If the height of the top of any inversion layer is lower than 800
metres, this will be indicated in the CBRN CDR by the letter "A" appearing in the coded
"significant weather phenomena". If the height of the top is lower than 400 metres, letter "B" is
to be used, if lower than 200 metres, letter "C". These letters signify the lowest safe altitudes
for aircraft to avoid airborne contamination.
2-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
f.
Sunlight and Air Exposure. Most biological agents will lose their viability or toxicity with time
after exposure to the atmosphere. Most biological agents will have a greater rate of loss of
viability or toxicity when exposed to bright sunlight.
2-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Wind direction
Meteorological Data
1.
Hazard Prediction Weather Requirement. Current meteorological data are a vital
prerequisite for CBRN downwind hazard prediction. It is the task of a CBRN Centre to predict CBRN
hazard areas resulting from CBRN incidents. For this purpose the CBRN Centre must have the
necessary meteorological information. The meteorological service will collect data and distribute the
messages described below:
a. CBRN Chemical (Biological) Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). A CBRN Chemical Downwind
Report is either a CBRN Chemical Downwind Message (CBRN CDM) or a CBRN Chemical
Downwind Forecast (CBRN CDF). These are messages containing basic meteorological
information for predicting chemical vapour hazard areas (see Chapter 3), biological aerosol
(see Chapter 4) and radioactive particles (see Chapter 5). The CBRN CDR is an ADP
formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN CDM or the CBRN CDF message
when transmitted (see Annex C).
b. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). A CBRN Basic Wind Report is either a CBRN Basic
Wind Message (CBRN BWM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Forecast (CBRN BWF). These are
messages containing basic meteorological data to be used for fallout prediction (see Chapter
6). The CBRN BWR is an ADP formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN
BWM or the CBRN BWF when transmitted (see Annex C).
c. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). A CBRN Effective Downwind Report is
either a CBRN Effective Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Effective Downwind
Forecast (CBRN EDF). These are messages containing information on downwind speed and
downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing) for each of seven pre-selected
weapon yields (see Chapter 6). The CBRN EDR is an ADP formatted message used to
accommodate either the CBRN EDM or the CBRN EDF message when transmitted (see
Annex C).
2.
Special Case CBRN CDM. The CBRN Centre uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the
CDR weather information for the downwind hazard area prediction. However, should the local
situation such as topography and size of the release indicates that the use of the locally measured
weather information would be more appropriate, then proceed with using the locally measured weather
information for the downwind hazard area prediction calculation. In that case a special form of a CBRN
2-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CDM could be used to document and report the local weather. Line ZULUM of this CDM will contain
"Observation time" and "Effective Date-time valid from" as the same time and an "Effective Date-time
valid to", which is only 30 minutes later than the observation time. The area of validity shall be reduced
to the place of observation to indicate that it is a point measurement (AREAM with more than 10
characters). The message will only contain a line WHISKEYM as actual weather information. The
following is an example:
AREAM/NDEL12341234//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1//
ZULUM/231100ZNOV2008/231100ZNOV2008/231130ZNOV2008//
2-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
National and/or NATO directives must ensure the provision of applicable CBRN CDRs, and
1.
national or local SOPs must list directives for the observation and dissemination of local weather
information. For more accurate hazard area estimates, a record of actual local meteorological
conditions should be maintained and disseminated. The meteorological data contained in CDRs will
be used for chemical and biological downwind hazard prediction procedures.
a. Transmission. The CBRN CDM and CDF are transmitted at least 4 times a day, and each
message is valid for a 6 hour period. Each 6 hour period of the CDM is subdivided into three 2
hours periods. The CBRN CDM can be sent down as far as source level.
b. CDM and CDF Content. The CBRN CDM and CDF contains the following information:
(1) Area of validity.
(2) Date-time groups for time of observation, time valid from and time valid to.
(3) Units of measurement.
(4) Downwind direction and downwind speed.
(5) Air stability category.
(6) Surface air temperature.
(7) Relative Humidity.
(8) Significant weather phenomena.
(9) Cloud coverage.
c. Validity and Format. The CBRN CDM contains weather information valid for 6 hours, but the
period of validity for the CDF is more than 6 hours ahead. The CBRN CDM and CBRN CDF
can be contained in a data format called the CBRN CDR. The detailed format for the CBRN
CDR is explained in Annex C.
d. Sample Content of a Computer Generated CBRN CDM/CDF.
AREAM/NDEL1//
ZULUM/231100ZNOV2010/231200ZNOV2010/231800ZNOV2010//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1//
XRAYM/075/025/4/13/9/6/2//
YANKEEM/080/028/4/12/8/-/2//
e. Local Meteorology. Local meteorology should be assimilated into the CDM. Weighting should
be assigned for each local observation based on confidence in how well it represents the
region.
f.
CDM Area Selection. The CBRN CDM used in calculations is based on the location in
FOXTROT. If multiple FOXTROT locations exist, the mean location should be determined and
the CBRN CDM provided for that location. If the single FOXTROT or mean location lies on the
2-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
border between two CDM areas, calculate hazard areas for both CDM areas and connect the
outer points of hazard areas to cover the worst case.
0206.
If detailed meteorological information is not available, the air stability category should be
1.
determined by using Table 2 - 1, and this category should be adjusted using Table 2 - 2. The identified
air stability category will form the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area
distance.
Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category
Afternoon (PM)
Morning (AM)
Condition of sky
Condition of sky
No
More
Overcast
No
More
Overcast
Sun
Sun
clouds/
than
half
clouds/
than
half
Elevation
Elevation
Less than covered
Less than covered
Angle
Angle
half
half
covered
covered
S
S
N
> 46
U
U
N
< 4
> 4 - 32
> 35 - 46
> 32 - 40
> 12 - 35
> 40
> 5 - 12
< 5
U = Unstable
N = Neutral
S = Stable
Enter with:
- Time of day.
- Degree of cloud coverage.
- Sun elevation angle (night less than 4 degrees).
Note 1: The stability category found in this table must be adjusted by using Table 2 - 2.
Note 2: The sun elevation table contains basic information. Nations may convert the table into a
suitable format for their own use.
2-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Desert nightime
2.
Table 2 - 2 is used for adjustment of the stability category found from Table 2 - 1, taking into
account influences of surface and weather. All ten conditions of terrain and weather listed in Table 2 2 must be checked, and in case of doubt the most stable category is to be chosen.
2-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The necessary meteorological data for the preparation of fallout prediction, be for the
1.
simplified procedure or the detailed procedure, will be available in the format of a CBRN EDR or a
CBRN BWR.
2.
The CBRN EDR is either a CBRN EDM or a CBRN EDF that contains information on
downwind speed and downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing). The CBRN EDR is
used to calculate simplified fallout hazard prediction areas.
3.
A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN
BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds. The use of the CBRN EDM affords the subordinate
commands direct and immediately usable means to estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible
delay.
4.
A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated
forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher
national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection or CBRN Sub Collection
Centres) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available. Chapter 6 provides the necessary
details for the preparation and interpretation of CBRN EDM and CBRN EDF. The format of the CBRN
EDF is the same as the format of the CBRN EDM. The detailed format for the CBRN EDR is explained
in Annex C.
6
5.
A CBRN BWR be either a CBRN BWM or a CBRN BWF meteorological message contain
information on the wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind
speeds in a number of layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone
of validity and time of measuring are stated. Chapter 6 provides the complete details on the production
and interpretation of CBRN BWM and CBRN BWF. The detailed format for the CBRN BWR is
explained in Annex C.
6
2-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Introduction
There may occur cases where units, in particular naval ships, cannot obtain the meteorological
1.
information normally used for fallout prediction, i.e. the "CBRN Basic Wind Message" (CBRN BWM)
and the "CBRN Effective Downwind Message" (CBRN EDM). It may however be possible for the unit
to obtain basic wind data, which are generally available from meteorological sources (airbases, METships or mobile weather stations) and make use of this data for the computation of effective downwind
direction and effective downwind speed. This method of computation involves the use of "Standard
Pressure Level Winds" as described below.
0209.
Assumptions
The method assumes that the standard pressure level winds used are representative mean
1.
vector winds for contiguous layers of air, and that for any Standard Level (SL) the top of the layer is
defined by the level (identified by the letter n in the equation):
SLn+1 - SLn
SLn +
SLn + SLn+1
=
SLn + SLn-1
=
2
Method
The layers of the air, or parts thereof, are combined to form a total layer from the surface to
1.
the nuclear Cloud Bottom (CB) height for a particular weapon yield. The layers allocated to each
standard pressure level, and the nuclear cloud bottom parameters for the seven weapon yields, which
are normally contained in a CBRN EDM are covered in Chapter 6. The method involves the vector
addition of the winds representing the layers up to and including the nuclear CB height, appropriately
weighted to account for:
a. The thickness of the layer associated with the standard pressure level; and
b. The differing densities of the layers.
2.
The weighting factors are given in Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, and are applied to the wind
speeds given in units of knots, to obtain an effective downwind (EDW) speed in knots or in kilometres
per hour (km/h) respectively. In the absence of the 1000 hecto Pascal (hPa) 2 wind data, the surface
wind data should be used. The reciprocal of the wind directions (adding or subtracting 180 degrees)
contained in the meteorological wind data information must be used in the wind vector addition. A
wind vector plot must be constructed for each of the seven yield groups.
0211.
Procedure
a. Obtain the meteorological data containing the direction and wind speed for each of the
standard pressure levels.
2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b. Convert all wind directions to downwind directions by adding or subtracting 180 degrees.
c. Select the weapon yield or yields, for which the effective downwind direction and speed are to
be computed.
d. By using Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, select the weighting factors which must be applied to the
reported wind speed for each standard pressure level related to the selected yield group. The
weighting factors in Table 2 - 4 are to be used to obtain the EDW speed in knots, and Table 2 5 is used to obtain the EDW speed in km/h.
e. To prepare the wind vector plot, label ground zero (GZ). From GZ draw the 1000 hpa wind
vector. The direction of the vector must be the corrected direction, and the length of the vector
is the wind speed in knots multiplied by the weighting factor for the 1000 hpa standard
pressure level and the selected yield. Any map scale may be used.
f.
From the end of the 1000 hpa vector, draw the 850 hpa vector using the same procedure, and
proceed by drawing all the vectors needed for the particular weapon yield group.
Measure the length of the line from GZ to CB. The length (the same map scale as used for the
construction of the wind vector plot) gives the effective downwind speed for the selected
weapon yield.
0212.
Worked Example
1.
data:
Given: Meteorological (MET) information containing the following standard pressure level wind
Surface
850 hpa
700 hpa
500 hpa
400 hpa
300 hpa
200 hpa
150 hpa
100 hpa
250
300
300
320
290
270
280
290
320
08 knots
10 "
10 "
15 "
10 "
15 "
15 "
20 "
25 "
2.
Problem: Compute effective downwind data for weapon yield group DELTAM (31 KT - 100
KT). The effective downwind speed must be in knots.
a. Convert the wind directions given in the MET information, by adding or subtracting 180
degrees:
Surface
850 hpa
700 hpa
500 hpa
400 hpa
300 hpa
070
120
120
140
110
090
2 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b. Calculate the wind vector lengths by multiplying the wind speed for each standard pressure
level by the appropriate weighting factor. As the wind speed is wanted in units of knots, the
weighting factors for each standard pressure level are to be found from Table 2 - 4. Use the
horizontal column for weapon yield group DELTAM:
1000 hpa (or surface)
850 hpa
700 hpa
500 hpa
400 hpa
300 hpa
0.12 * 08 knots
0.22 * 10 "
0.26 * 10 "
0.20 * 15 "
0.13 * 10 "
0.07 * 15 "
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.96 knots
2.2 "
2.6 "
3.0 "
1.3 "
1.05 "
c. Construct the wind vector plot. In this example the map scale 1 NM = 2 cm is used (Figure 2 2).
(1) Label GZ and the GN line.
(2) From GZ draw the first vector in direction 070 degrees, the length being 1.92 cm.
(3) From the end of the first vector, draw the second in direction 120 degrees and 4.4 cm
long. Proceed in this manner, thus completing the wind vector plot for the DELTAM
weapon yield group.
(4) Draw the line from GZ to the end of the 300 hpa vector, and measure the direction of this
line to be 117 and the length of the line to be 21.2 cm, equal to 10.6 knots.
d. Solution. For the DELTAM weapon yield group the effective downwind direction is 117, and
the effective downwind speed is 10.6 knots.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Yield
Group
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Yield
Group
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Nuclear
Cloud
Bottom
103 Feet
08,5
14,1
24,9
30,5
36,1
44,3
51,8
Nuclear
Cloud
Base km
2,6
4,3
7,6
9,3
11,0
13,5
15,8
1000
0,33
0,21
0,14
0,12
0,11
0,10
0,10
850
0,56
0,36
0,24
0,22
0,20
0,18
0,17
700
0,11
0,43
0,29
0,26
0,23
0,21
0,20
500
400
300
250
200
150
100
0,22
0,20
0,18
0,17
0,16
0,11
0,13
0,13
0,11
0,10
0,07
0,09
0,09
0,08
0,06
0,06
0,06
0,06
0,06
0,02
0,05
0,02
850
1,04
0,67
0,45
0,40
0,36
0,33
0,32
700
0,20
0,79
0,53
0,47
0,43
0,39
0,37
500
400
300
250
200
150
100
0,41
0,37
0,33
0,31
0,29
0,20
0,25
0,24
0,21
0,20
0,13
0,17
0,16
0,15
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,10
0,04
0,10
0,03
2 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Purpose
The purpose of this Section is to delineate the areas of validity for CBRN meteorological
1.
information.
0214.
Explanation
1.
This procedure can be repeated to define even smaller areas by adding further digits in the
same manner. In the example only two subdivisions were carried out to define a quadrangle
referenced as NDEL13 of 2.5 x 2.5. A diagram for the southern hemisphere is shown in
Figure 2 - 4.
2 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
g. All quadrangles must face north in order to have the sub quadrangles numbered the same way
on both the northern and the southern hemispheres.
0215.
For out of Area operations the appropriate weather agency will be identified and tasked by the
1.
appropriate NATO Command.
2 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
2 - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 3
CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND)
SECTION I GENERAL
0301. Aim
This chapter covers the chemical prediction procedures for operations on land. It provides
1.
information on the location and the extent of the hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting
from releases of chemical substances being accidental or from an attack. This provides the necessary
information for commanders to warn their units. However, if actual surveys alter the initial data used for
determination of the release the CBRN 2 CHEM and/or the CBRN 3 CHEM must be changed or
updated.
0302. General
Chemical agents are likely to be employed to produce casualties (non-persistent), or to
1.
contaminate ground and/or equipment (persistent). Both may have a similar effect on personnel
depending upon factors such as volume, dissemination means, meteorological conditions.
2.
After an attack by chemical agents, two types of hazard can be encountered by personnel
dependent on their position relative to the release area. These are a liquid hazard, a vapour hazard or
both a liquid and a vapour hazard.
a. Liquid Hazard. Liquid agents may under very cold conditions completely stop evaporating and
result in an all-clear survey. However, a hazard can be recreated when temperatures rise.
Personnel in an area contaminated with liquid chemical agents will be exposed to a hazard
that varies according to:
(1) The type and amount of agent disseminated.
(2) The method of dissemination.
(3) The local climatic conditions.
(4) The nature of the terrain.
(5) The time lapse after the contamination.
b. Vapour Hazard. All chemical agents present a vapour or aerosol hazard to personnel
downwind of the release area. The area covered by this hazard may be estimated by using
prediction techniques. The actual downwind distance covered by a toxic cloud will depend on
the type and amount of agent disseminated, the method of dissemination, the climatic
conditions and the terrain.
c. Non persistent Agents. Most non persistent agents are disseminated mainly as vapour, but
some of the agent types may leave unevaporated liquid in shell or bomb craters for either
hours or days depending upon the climatic conditions and the munitions type. Craters should
be avoided until CBRN RECCE or SIBCRA teams have proved the absence of a liquid hazard.
d. Persistent Agents. Persistent agents are disseminated as liquid and present a vapour hazard
as well as a contact hazard. This hazard will last for several hours to days depending on the
terrain, climatic conditions and munitions type.
e. Thickened, Non persistent. Thickened, non persistent agents may have to be treated as
persistent, ground contaminating agents. Blister agents are normally classified as persistent
3-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
agents. Some agents however, are very volatile and should be treated as non persistent, but
still ground contaminating agents.
3.
Border areas. Some agents normally classified as non persistent may behave as persistent
agents in very cold environments. On the other hand, persistent agents in very hot environments may
behave such as non persistent agents. Liquid from both non persistent and persistent agents may
freeze at low temperatures e.g. HD freezes at temperatures below 14C, and can present a delayed
hazard to personnel when the temperature rises.
0303. Chronology
Unprotected personnel in a release area will be exposed to the chemical agent hazards unless
1.
they take immediate protective action at the first indication of an attack.
2.
The actual dimensions of the downwind hazard area will depend on factors such as the means
of delivery, the category of agent, the type of attack, and on weather and terrain. That said, the cloud
arrival time at positions downwind of the attack point or area will be calculated using the downwind
speed.
3.
The ability to provide timely warning to personnel downwind of the point or area of attack will
depend on the time taken to learn of the attack, the time taken to predict a downwind hazard area and
the time required to transmit the warning to those in the hazard area.
0304. Primary Factors Influencing Hazard Predictions
The prediction of a release and/or hazard area is dependent upon factors such as:
1.
Units and installations alarmed in this way should not promulgate the alarm beyond their own
Note:
5.
CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centres will use CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports to provide
timely warning to units and/or installations in the predicted downwind hazard area. Due to climatic and
geographical variations, the lateral limits of the predicted hazard area are normally to be defined by an
3-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
angle of lateral spread 30 on either side of the forecast downwind direction. If more detailed
information is available, use Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability
Category Adjustment. The hazard area prediction will be less reliable as the distance from the point of
emission increases.
6.
Units in the downwind hazard area, warned by a CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centre, will
not raise an alarm outside their own area, but will submit a CBRN 4 CHEM in accordance with SOPs
on the actual arrival of the chemical agent cloud.
7.
The limiting dosages of agents assumed in establishing the procedures for hazard area
prediction, while not sufficient to create casualties immediately, may cause later effects, i.e. miosis
from nerve agents.
8.
9.
Hazard prediction and reporting of a munition found leaking or suspected leaking on the
battlefield will be carried out in accordance with Type D sub-case 1 procedures.
0306. Types and Sub-types of Chemical Releases
1.
3-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted
hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can
suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes
essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are
in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.
g. When using the Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG) as the source for distances the ERG
ISOLATION DISTANCE will equate to the release area radius (r) and the PROTECTIVE
ACTION DISTANCE will equate to the hazard area radius.
2.
Constraints:
a. When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from chemical releases, many factors
will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are:
(1) Type of and amount of chemical substance(s);
(2) Type of and amount of delivery or storage system(s);
(3) Type of and amount of agent container(s);
(4) Terrain composition ;
(5) Type of surface(s);
(6) Vegetation(s);
(7) Air stability;
(8) Surface air temperature;
(9) Relative humidity;
3-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The release area is drawn as a circle of 2 km radius, centred at the release location.
2.
Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 2 km radius circle for
each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line
source because:
a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or
b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.
0310. Hazard Area - Simplified Procedures
1.
Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. Since the wind speed is considered
light and the direction can vary often, the downwind hazard area distance (DHD) is plotted as a circle
of 10 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB in CDR).
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/31UDS875500/-//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
3-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/GA/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/31UDS875500//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED
PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
DHD
r = 10 km
PROCEDURES
CALCULATION.
DETAILED
Release Area
r = 2 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/4/6/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/03900ZAPR2010//
CBRN 1 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
BRAVO/31UDS875500/-//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/-//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/-//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/31UDS865483/31UDS855500/31UDS865517/31UDS976579/31UDS9
74418//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION.
DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
3-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 090
30
2 km
Max DHD = 10 km
3-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(2) For Blood Agents, the release area is similar to Type A, Case 1, (a circle of 1 km
radius) but with no hazard area. Alternatively, plot on the map the attack information in
accordance with national directives.
2.
These Types are further subdivided into Cases based on radius of release area, air stability
and the wind speed. These are outlined in the table below. Procedures for determining the downwind
hazard are detailed in the following paragraphs.
3.
Earliest and Latest Time of Arrival. For operational reasons commanders may need to
inform a unit of the time that a chemical cloud or vapour for Type A and B attacks would arrive at a
point of interest. The distance to the point of interest must be measured from the centre of the release
area. The following formula will be used to estimate the earliest time of arrival (ETA) for Type A and B
and latest time of arrival (LTA) for Type A for a chemical cloud or vapour to arrive at a point of interest:
Distance to point
DOWNWIND SPEED X 1,5
Note:
X 60 =
E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10
km/h must be used in this example.
12 km
(10 km/h X 1.5)
X 60
Distance to point
DOWNWIND SPEED X 0,5
12 km
(10 km/h X 0.5)
X 60 = 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest.
3 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas
Radius of
Wind
Hazard
Release
Cases
Type of Containers
Figures
Types
Speed
Distance
Area
= 1 km
10 km(1)
> 10
km/h
= 1 km
10 km/ (2)
15 km/
30 km/
50 km
10
km/h
= 1 km
10 km(1)
> 10
km/h
= 1 km
10 km
10
km/h
= 2 km
10 km(1)
> 10
km/h
= 2 km
10 km
SPR, GEN
10
km/h
= 1 km
10 km(1)
SPR, GEN
> 10
km/h
= 1 km
10 km
Detection after
unobserved release
(CBRN 4 CHEM
message)
A
(Non
Persistent
Agents)
B
(Persistent
Agents)
10
km/h
C
(Unobserved)
10 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0313. Chemical Plotting Decision Tree
Chemical Attack
YES
NO
Observed? CBRN 1
YES
Blood Agent?
NO
NO
Type A
YES
Type B
Is it persistent?
Not known
NO
Liquid Agent?
NO
YES
Type A Case 1
Type A Case 2
1 km Rel. radius
10 km Haz. radius
1 km Rel. radius
YES
Determine Radius
at Release Area
(Delivery Means)
YES
NO
NO
YES
Type B Case 1
Type B Case 2
Type B Case 3
Type B Case 4
1 km Rel. radius
10 km Haz. radius
1 km Release radius
10 km DHD
2 km Rel. radius
10 km Haz. radius
2 km Release radius
10 km DHD
YES
Type B Case 5
1 km Release
radius
Blood Agent
Type C Detection
after Unobserved
Attack (CBRN 4 Chem
message)
Type B Case 6
1 km Release radius
10 km DHD
10 km Radius circle
around centre of
detection location
Determine DHD in km
Type of Container
Stability
1, 2, 3
U
4
N
5, 6, 7
S
10
30
50
15
30
50
<10C
11-20C
>20C
3 to 10 days
2 to 4 days
up to 2 days
2 to 6 days
1 to 12days
up to1 day
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0314. Type A - Air Contaminating Attack and Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Kilometres)
"On Land"
Chemical weapon attacks involving the release of chemical agents creating an air
1.
contaminating (non-persistent) hazard will be realized when an adversary uses bomblets (BML),
bombs (BOM), rocket (RKT), shell (SHL), Mine (chemical filled only) (MNE), not known (NKN), and
surface burst missile (MSL).
2.
3.
If detailed MET information is not available, the air stability category should be determined
by using (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category, and this category should be
adjusted using Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment). The downwind direction and
downwind speed must be measured locally.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/33UUB206300/AA//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/-/10KM/-//
PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/33UUB206300//
YANKEE/105DGT/009KPH//
ZULU/4/18C/9/-/2//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ TYPE A, CASE 1//
3 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
DHD
r = 10 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
3 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note:
In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 CHEM be able to plot the downwind hazard easily
and quickly, set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO may contain the type, case and the downwind
hazard area distance.
Hazard Area
TN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 105
30
1 km
DHD = 30 km
Type of Container
10 KM
30 KM
50 KM
15 KM
30 KM
50 KM
3 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(b) If more detailed information is available regarding agent type, means of delivery and
wind speed use the tables Table 3 - 3 andError! Reference source not found. or the
equations in AEP-45.
(7) Plot the maximum downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the
downwind line.
(8) From the maximum downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind
direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is equal
to twice the radius of the release area.
(10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the maximum downwind distance line.
(See (8) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(11) The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.
(b) The two 30 tangents.
(c) The maximum downwind distance line.
(12) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(13) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack,
Location of Attack and Agent.
Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance
(km) versus Wind Speed (km/h)
and Air Stability, on LAND
Size of Release : SML
STABILITY
1
2
WIND
<1 <1
11 17
5
5
km/h
5
10
WIND
<1 <1
18 26
5
5
km/h
5
5
WIND
<1
27 36
5
km/h
5
WIND
37 45
km/h
WIND
46 54
km/h
WIND
55 63
km/h
3
<1
10
10
<1
5
10
<1
5
10
<1
5
5
<1
5
5
<1
5
5
4
<1
10
15
<1
10
15
<1
10
10
<1
5
10
<1
5
10
<1
5
10
5
<1
15
20
<1
15
20
<1
10
15
<1
10
15
<1
10
15
<1
5
10
6
5
15
25
<1
20
25
7
5
15
20
DOSE
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
3 - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
3
5
25
40
5
25
35
5
20
25
<1
15
25
<1
15
20
<1
10
20
4
5
40
55
5
35
50
5
30
40
5
25
35
5
20
30
5
20
25
5
10
50
65
5
50
70
5
40
60
5
35
55
5
30
45
5
30
40
6
10
45
60
10
55
75
7
10
35
45
DOSE
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note:
When information concerning type of containers is not available, use the figures for
missiles, bombs and unknown munitions.
Case 6. SPR and GEN with wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.
The following information is required:
a.
b.
c.
3.
The daily mean surface temperature is needed for the estimation of the probable time after
which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no
more chemical hazard (Table 3 - 5).
Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release
Daily mean surface air
temperature
< 10 C
10 - 20 C
> 20 C
to
to
to
10
4
2
to
to
to
6
2
1
Assumptions:
The estimates assume ground contamination densities up to 10 g/m2.
In making hazard estimates, vapour has been considered to be the determining factor within
the release area as well as in the downwind hazard area. The duration of hazard from contact
with bare skin is, however, difficult to predict. The duration can only be determined by the use
of chemical agent detection or confirmation devices.
3 - 17
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
When temperatures are considerably lower than 0 C, the duration of contamination may be
longer than indicated in the table. The absence of vapour does not preclude the presence of
contamination.
Daily mean surface air temperature may be obtained from local MET sources.
The air stability category is not considered in Type B hazard prediction.
downwind distance is always 10 km.
The maximum
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/33UUB206300/AA//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/2-4 DAY/10KM/1-2 DAY//
PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/33UUB206300//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 1//
DHD
r = 10 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
3 - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
(6) Using Table 3 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/011/C//
DELTA/271650ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNH250010/AA//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY//
PAPAX/271600ZAPR2010/32UNH371020/32UNH250020/32UNH241015/32UNH241005/
32UNG301900//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 2//
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 120
30
1 km
DHD = 10 km
3 - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
(7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is equal
to twice the radius of the release area.
(8) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line. (See
(6) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(9) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
(10) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(11) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/BEL/A234/001/C//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/EE//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/V/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAX/030726ZAPR2010/31UDS875500//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 3//
DHD
r = 10 km
Release Area
r = 2 km
Hazard Area
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(2) Draw a circle, radius 2 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this
circle represents the release area.
(3) Draw a circle, radius 10 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this
circle represents the hazard area.
(4) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to those units and installations within the hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
(6) Using Table 3 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/006/C//
DELTA/181730ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNH320010/EE//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/02KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY//
PAPAX/181700ZAPR2010/32UNH441051/32UNH316029/32UNH301016/32UNG304997/
32UNG386899//
YANKEE/110DGT/020KPH//
ZULU/4/16C/-/-/2//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 4//
Hazard Area
TN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 110
30
DHD = 10 km
2 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(2) Estimate the centre of the release area, and draw a circle, radius 2 km around that centre
point.
(3) From the centre of the release area, draw a GN Line.
(4) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(5) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
line.
(6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
(7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 4 km. This is equal
to twice the radius of the release area.
(8) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line (See (6)
above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(9) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
(10) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(11) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/031200ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010/031900ZAPR2010//
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C//
DELTA/031330ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG420620/EE/32UNG435620/EE//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/010KM/1-2DAY//
PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/32UNG420620/32UNG435620//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 5//
3 - 22
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
GN
DHD
r = 10 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
Hazard Area
Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at
each extreme end.
(2) Connect the end points to form one or more attack lines.
(3) Draw a 1 km radius circle around each end point.
(4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
attack line, to designate the release area.
(5) Draw a 10 km radius around each 1 km circle at the end points.
(6) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
attack line, to designate the hazard area.
(7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the
hazard area in accordance with SOPs.
(8) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
(9) Using Table 3 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA43//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/155/015/4/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/031200ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010/031900ZAPR2010//
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/007/C//
DELTA/031350ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/33UUC330060/EE/33UUC370061/EE//
3 - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY//
PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/33UUB350941/33UUB309940/33UUC320061/33UUC326069/
33UUC366070/33UUC376069/33UUC475000//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 6//
GN
GN
Release Area
30
30
30
30
DHD 10 KM
Hazard Area
Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from the CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot it on a
map.
(2) Identify and mark the extremities of the estimated release area, and connect the end
points to form one or more attack lines.
(3) Using the extremities as centre points, draw circles, radius of 1 km, around each point.
Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
attack line, to designate the release area.
(4) Draw a Grid North line from the centre of each circle.
(5) Consider each circle as a separate release area and carry out the following procedure for
each release area:
(a) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(b) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the
downwind line.
(c) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind
direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.
3 - 24
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(d) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is
equal to twice the radius of the release area.
(e) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line.
(See (5) (c) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the downwind line.
(f)
Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points
"A" and "B".
(6) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel
may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more
chemical hazard.
(7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(8) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
DHD
r = 10 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(4) If a new CBRN 4 CHEM message, that cannot be allocated to a strike, specifies a location
outside of the hazard area, repeat procedures for the new location.
(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
3 - 26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The release area is drawn as a circle of 1 km radius, centred at the release location.
2.
Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 1 km radius circle for
each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line
source because:
a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or
b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.
0319. Hazard Area Simplified Procedures
1.
Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 Km/h. The hazard area is plotted as a circle
of 3 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). The distance of 3
km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to
unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at
windspeed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should indicate a longer distance. The 3 km
distance is also used for other cases with uncertain circumstances, such as substance unknown.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION
ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG50005000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-//
3 - 27
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/32UNG50005000//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED
PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
CBRN 3 CHEM with Moving Source
ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/122035ZDEC2010//
FOXTROT/32UNG50005000/AA/32UNG65005000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/32UNG50005000/32UNG65005000//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED
PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
GN
DHD
r = 3 km
DHD
r = 3 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
Release Area
r = 1 km
Hazard Area
Hazard Area
Wind Speed 10 km/h
3 - 28
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION
ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG50005000/AA//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SML//
INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-//
PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/32UNG49504914/32UNG49005000/32UNG49505087
/32UNG53005288/32UNG53004711//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED
PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//
CBRN 3 CHEM with MULTIPLE FOXTROT LOCATION
ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C//
DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32VMH747388/EE/32VMH749388/EE//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/96HR/3KM/48HR//
PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/32VMH846318/32VMH846329/32VMH856335/32VMH846341/32VMH847
456/32VMH742396/32VMH740395/32VMH739394/32VMH738393/32VMH738392/32VMH737391/32V
MH737389/32VMH737388/32VMH736266/32VMH836324/32VMH846318//
GENTEXT/-//
GN
Hazard Area
Release Area
1 km
GN
30
30
30
Release Area
30
30
DHD = 3 km
30
1 km
DHD = 3 km
Hazard Area
B
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(4) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind
direction.
(5) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the
release location equal to 2 km, which is twice the length of the release area radius.
(6) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.
(7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the
hazard area in accordance with SOPs.
(8) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Release, Location of Release and Substance.
0320. Immediate Warning
This simplified procedure mentioned above is for immediate warning only. As soon as possible
1.
the detailed procedure discussed below must be carried out.
3 - 30
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
X 60 =
E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10
km/h must be used in this example.
12 km
(10 km/h X 1.5)
X 60
Distance to point
DOWNWIND SPEED X 0,5
12 km
(10 km/h X 0.5)
X 60 = 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest
3 - 31
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas
Type of Release Size of Release
Stability
Prediction Method
(U or N/S)
Unstable
(U)
Immediate
Warning
All Sizes
Point Release
Sub-type 1
(D1)
Neutral or
Stable
(N or S)
Unstable
(U)
and
200 litres
(SML)
Neutral or
Stable
(N or S)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
SMALL - NIGHT
Medium
> 200 litres
Unstable
(U)
Case
10 km/h
D1 CBRN 3
Graphic
D2 CBRN 3
Graphic
Point Source
Example UN/ID
1017 - Chlorine 3
N/A
Release Area
1 km
Hazard Area
3 km
SMALL - DAY
Small
Moving Release
Sub-type 2
(D2)
Simplified
Procedures
Wind Speed
(km/h)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
3 - 32
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Release Area
60 m
Hazard Area
400 m
Release Area
60 m
Hazard Area
1.6 km
Release Area
600 m
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of Release Size of Release
Stability
Prediction Method
(U or N/S)
1500 kg
(MED)
LARGE - DAY
Neutral or
Stable
(N or S)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
LARGE - NIGHT
Large
> 1500 kg
50000 kg
(LRG)
Or
Unknown
Release Size
Unstable
(U)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
2 x LARGE - DAY
Neutral or
Stable
(N or S)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
2 x LARGE - NIGHT
Extra Large
Unstable
(U)
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
Wind Speed
(km/h)
Case
D1 CBRN 3
Graphic
D2 CBRN 3
Graphic
Point Source
Example UN/ID
1017 - Chlorine 3
Hazard Area
3.5 km
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
3 - 33
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Release Area
600 m
Hazard Area
8 km
Release Area
600 m
Hazard Area
7 km
Release Area
600 m
Hazard Area
16 km
Release Area
600 m
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of Release Size of Release
Stability
Prediction Method
(U or N/S)
> 50000 kg
(XLG)
6 x LARGE - DAY
Neutral or
Stable
(N or S)
Wind Speed
(km/h)
Case
D1 CBRN 3
Graphic
D2 CBRN 3
Graphic
Point Source
Example UN/ID
1017 - Chlorine 3
Hazard Area
21 km
> 10 km/h
ERG UN/ID
(Green-Bordered
Pages)
10 km/h
6 x LARGE - NIGHT
> 10 km/h
Release Area
600 m
Hazard Area
48 km
Notes: 1. Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. See paragraph 0324 for the procedures to establish the reduction factor to determine the
downwind hazard area distance value for a moving source.
2. If there is a FIRE, or if a FIRE is Involved. Go directly to the appropriate guide (orange-bordered pages) in the ERG for the identified UN/ID substance,
and use the evacuation information shown under PUBLIC SAFETY. This distance will be used to replace the isolation distance found in the Table of Initial
Isolation and Protective Action Distances (green-bordered pages). The Hazard Area distance will remain the same as per the distances found in the greenbordered pages.
Unobserved
Release
Sub-type 3 (D3)
N/A
N/A
ERG or UN/ID
Not Available
N/A
N/A
10 km/h
N/A
N/A
Simplified Procedure
Substance
Unknown
Or
N/A
N/A
Release Area
1 km
Hazard Area
3 km
N/A
> 10 km/h
3 - 34
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of Release Size of Release
Unknown
Substance on
Fire or Release
into Fire
Stability
Prediction Method
(U or N/S)
Release Area
1.6 km
N/A
Wind Speed
(km/h)
Case
10 km/h
N/A
D1 CBRN 3
Graphic
D2 CBRN 3
Graphic
Point Source
Example UN/ID
1017 - Chlorine 3
N/A
Hazard Area
3 km
> 10 km/h
3 - 35
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0322. Chemical Substance Type D - Plotting Decision Tree
Observed? CBRN
NO
YES
Determine the Size of Release
NO
YES
Substance Identified
NO
YES
Substance on Fire or
released into Fire
NO
YES
Determine Stability
NO
YES
NO
Unstable (U)
ERG Day Values
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
3 - 36
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Ob served? CBRN 1
Un ob ser ved Rele ase Su b T yp e 3
Go to Pr evi ou s Pag e
NO
YE S
NO
De ter m ine the Size o f Rel ease
Ta ble of Initia l Isolatio n an d Prot ective Actio n Distan ces
(Gr een Bord ered Pages )
YE S
NO
YE S
Su bstan ce on F ir e or
rele ased into Fire
NO
YE S
Hazard Area 3 km
Hazard Area 3 km
Unstab e
l (U)
Dete rm ine Rele ase Len gt h o f L ine Sou rc e (Sta rt /Fi nish )
the n calcu late Ha zard Distance Redu ction Fact or
(If Gr aph s a vaila ble )
NO
Y ES
Ne utra l or St able
Wind Sp eed >10 km/h
NO
NO
YES
Neutr al or St able
Wind Sp eed >10 km/h
NO
YES
YES
Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree
3 - 37
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The size of the release should be stated in field 5 of set GOLF as follows:
a. Small release (SMLCHEM) 200 litres or less;
b. Medium release (MEDCHEM) more than 200 litres but 1500 kg or less (equal to ERG large
spill);
c. Large release (LRGCHEM) More than 1500 kg but 50000 kg or less (equal to 2 x ERG large
spill); and
d. Extra large release (XLGCHEM) 50000 kg or more (equal to 6 x ERG large spill).
Notes:
Normal practice when dealing with values greater than 200 litres shows that weight is
used as the unit of measurement.
4.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Release
Area
Hazard
Area
Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed 10 km/h
(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Draw a line in the downwind direction starting
at the release location of length equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line
3 - 39
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend
the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance equal to twice the release
area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the
perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release
area circle.
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. 110
30
DHD = Y km
X km
Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h
(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM.
(2) Plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area.
(3) Determine the air stability category for a valid CBRN CDR.
(4) Determine the isolation distance from the ERG (green section). If the distance is not found
in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or
the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1 km.
(5) Draw a circle of the specified radius from the previous step centred at the release point.
(6) Determine the downwind hazard area distance according to the size of the release. Apply
the size correction factors if applicable.
(7) Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to
ERG protective action distance.
(8) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind
direction.
(9) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the
release location equal to twice the radius of the release area circle.
(10) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.
(11) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the
hazard area in accordance with SOPs.
3 - 40
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(12) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Release, Location of Release and Substance.
0324. Type D, Sub-type 2 Moving Source Release from Tank or Container
1.
Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. There is a relationship between
the hazard distances for point and line sources depending on the relationship between the point
source hazard distance and the length of the line source. If the length of the release is known (start
and end point) and the substance and amount is known there can be an estimation of the hazard area
distance using the ERG PROTECT area distance values.
2.
Stability Category. Using the valid CBRN CDR, or from locally measured data, identify the air
stability category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category
Adjustment):
a. Unstable (U) use the day values in ERG (green section); and
b. Stable (S) and Neutral (N), use night values.
3.
The relationship between the hazard distances for point and line sources is shown in the
diagrams below and a few scenarios are presented.
3 - 41
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Unstable conditions (ERG daytime)
Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 Unstable (ERG daytime) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor
Note: The possibility to reduce the hazard area distance for a line source is dependant on the point source hazard distance and the length of the
line source. When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction
Factor graph, use the lower value. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line
source.
3 - 42
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
Sub-type 2
Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions:
(1) From the ERG 4 green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the
DAY column within the LARGE SPILLS column. In this case the extracted value is
2.1 km. (ID number 1079 from green pages).
(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 2.1 km distance.
(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case select the 3 km
curved line).
(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the
vertical axis of the graph.
(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case .25. The hazard area distance can be
reduced to .25 in other words 25 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.
(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor .25. In this
case 2.1 km X .25 = 0.525 km. The new distance (0.525 km) represents the line
source hazard area distance.
Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50.000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions :
Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (12.6 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance
can be reduced to 74 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
9.3 km, i.e. [(2.1 km X 6) X .74 = 9.3 km].
Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Unstable
(ERG daytime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (7 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can
be reduced to 60 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is 4.2
km, i.e. [(3.5 km X 2) X .6 = 4.2 km].
3 - 43
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Neutral or Stable conditions (ERG Night time)
Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 Neutral or Stable (ERG Night time) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor
Note: When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction Factor graph, use
the lower. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line source.
3 - 44
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
Subtype 2
Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
(1) From the ERG green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the
NIGHT column within the LARGE SPILLS column. In this case the extracted value
is 5.7 km.
(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 5.7 km distance.
(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case the 3 km curved
line).
(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the
vertical axis of the graph.
(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case .18. The hazard area distance can be
reduced to .18 in other words 18 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.
(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor .18. In this
case 5.7 km X .18 = 1.03 km. This new distance (1.03 km) represents the line source
hazard area distance.
Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under
Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (34.2 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance
can be reduced to 65 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
22.23 km, i.e. [(5.7 km X 6) X .65 = 22.23 km].
Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Neutral
or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:
Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (16 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can
be reduced to 43 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is
6.88 km, i.e. [(8 km X 2) X .43 = 6.88 km].
4.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). If the hazard area distance after reduction
factor calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area
distance as the hazard area distance value.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/6/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/022300ZAPR2010/030000ZAPR2010/030600ZAPR2010//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/32UNG425620/-//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG420620/EE/32UNG450620/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM//
INDIA/-/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE//
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG420620/EE/32UNG450620/EE//
INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
PAPAA/600M/-/7000M/- //
PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE//
GN
GN
DHD
r = 7000 m
Release Area
r = 600 m
Hazard Area
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
release line, to designate the release area.
(5) Draw a circle around each of the release area circle at the end points using the ERG
protective action distance multiplied by the respective size correction factor and by the
corresponding Netrual (4) condition reduction factor. In this case for ERG night time
condition and a moving source length of 3 km (8 km X 2) X .43 = 6.88 km.
(6) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
release line, to designate the hazard area.
(7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the
hazard area in accordance with SOPs.
(8) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Release, Location of Release and Substance.
(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Using the values obtained in the Case 1
calculation, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length
equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction
line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind
direction a distance equal to twice the release area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end
of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to
the top and bottom of the release area circle. If the hazard area distance after reduction factor
calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area distance as
the hazard area distance value.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/155/015/6/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/022300ZAPR2010/030000ZAPR2010/030600ZAPR2010//
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/32UNG425620/-//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG420620/EE/32UNG450620/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM//
INDIA/-/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE//
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C//
DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG420620/EE/32UNG450620/EE//
INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-//
MIKER/LIQUID/-//
PAPAA/600M/-/6900M/-//
PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/32UNG414620/32UNG420626/32UNG450626/32UNG509586/
32UNG442551/32UNG478551//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE D, SUB-TYPE 2, CASE 2, CHLORINE//
3 - 47
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
GN
GN
Release Area
30
30
30
30
DHD 6.9 KM
Hazard Area
B
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
downwind distance line. (See (6) (c) above). These lines will form a 30 angle either
side of the downwind line.
(7) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points "A"
and "B").
(8) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard
area in accordance with SOPs.
(9) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Release, Location of Release and Substance.
0325. Type D, Sub-type 3 - Unobserved Release
The following hazard prediction plotting procedures will be used for the calculation of a hazard
1.
area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved release. Type D, Sub-type
3, has only one case (Case 1).
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of release and substance.
3 - 50
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
A change in the air stability category. This applies only to Type A, Case 2, attacks.
b.
The downwind direction changes by 30 degrees or more (only for Type A and B attacks).
c.
d.
Should any of the 3 situations above occur, then the downwind hazard plots and the
associated CBRN 3 CHEM messages must be revised. Combinations of changes may occur.
Recalculation must be carried out in accordance with the principles listed below.
e.
Should the downwind hazard change from a Case 1 to a Case 2, the hazard area circle will
remain to warn units that residual hazards may exist within this area, but a new downwind
direction hazard area for a case 2 should be plotted to identify the new primary hazard area for
the current 2 hour CDR period.
u1 x t1,
where
d1
u1
t1
time elapsed between the time of attack and the end of the current CDR time period.
Note:
If the distance travelled, as calculated above, is equal to or exceeds the original
maximum downwind hazard area distance, then recalculation is not required.
Measure the distance d1 along the downwind line and mark it. If that point is outside of the
current CDR area, get the CDR for the area containing the new point and get the weather
conditions for the next time period. Compare these weather conditions with those used for the
current CDR time period and determine if significant weather changes are predicted.
The distance the chemical cloud will travel after the change by using:
3 - 51
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
d2
H2 - d1
where
d2
H2 =
d1
Notes :
If the second time period has a wind speed 10 km/h, always draw a circle with a radius of 10
km (as if d2 = 10 km)
In constructing the hazard area, it must be kept in mind that the maximum hazard distance,
valid during either set of weather conditions, must not be exceeded. If d2 0, recalculation is
not required.
2.
The following table summarizes the Types and Cases that require recalculation due to
changes specified above.
Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases
Type A
Type B
CHANGES OF:
Case 1
Wind Speed from:
> 10 km/h to 10 km/h
Wind Speed from:
10 km/h to > 10 km/h
Case 2
Case 1
X
X
Case 2 Case 3
X
Stability Category
Case 4
X
X
X
3 - 52
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Case 5
Case 6
X
X
X
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3.
Type A, Case 1 changing to a Type A, Case 2. (Increase in wind from 10 km/h to > 10
km/h).
Example
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/140/008/4/06/8/-/2//
XRAYM/140/012/4/10/8/-/2//
YANKEEM/150/014/4/14/8/-/2//
ZULUM/230800ZAPR2010/230900ZAPR2010/
231500ZAPR2010//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
DELTA/231030ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32VNH450956/AA//
GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/30KM/-//
PAPAX/230900ZAPR2010/32VNH450956//
PAPAX/231100ZAPR2010/32VNH423985/32V
NH465994/32VNH810872/32VNH479585/32V
NH411946//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
DELTA/231030ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32VNH450956/AA//
GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/
TYPE OF AGENT CONFIRMED BY
CHEMICAL DETECTION KIT//
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note:
(3) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(4) From the centre of the release draw a Grid North line.
(5) From where the downwind direction line cuts the new release area circle, measure and
mark the distance d2 on the downwind direction line.
(6) From the d2 distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction line, and
extend it either side of the downwind direction line.
(7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area by 2 x d1. This is
equal to twice the radius of the new release area.
(8) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines which are tangents to the new release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the right angle line resulting from e.(6).
(9) Prepare and transmit the revised CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the new
predicted hazard area.
(10) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of
Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.
3 - 54
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4.
Type A, Case 2 changing to a Type A, Case 1. (Decrease in Wind from > 10 km/h to 10
km/h).
Example
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEB43//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/018/4/14/8/-/2//
XRAYM/090/008/4/10/8/4/2//
YANKEEM/090/006/2/06/8/4/2//
ZULUM/281400ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010/28210
0ZAPR2010//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
DELTA/281615ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32UPG387764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/24KM/-//
PAPAX/281500ZAPR2010/32UPG382755/32UPG37
7764/32UPG382773/32UPG522853
/32UPG522674//
PAPAX/281700ZAPR2010/32UPG518864/32UPG61
6798/32UPG584685/32UPG522683
/32UPG522674/32UPG508682/32UPG466681/32UP
G454714/32UPG382755
/32UPG377764/32UPG382773/32UPG458816//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED
ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF 281700Z//
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C//
DELTA/281615ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UPG387764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/
SYMPTOMS OF NERVE
AGENT POISONING//
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
5.
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/009/C//
DELTA/281030ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UMG892764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/009/C//
DELTA/281030ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32UMG892764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/17KM/-//
PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/32UMG883759/32
UMG883769/32UMG892774/32UMG978774
/32UMG927684//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/32UMG953829/32
UNG048760/32UNG011648/32UMG894648
/32UMG858760//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION
BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS
OF 281100Z//
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6.
Example
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/120/014/4/06/8/-/2//
XRAYM/120/009/4/10/8/-/2//
YANKEEM/130/007/4/14/8/-/2//
ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/
281500ZAPR2010//
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/013/C//
DELTA/280930ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UMG892764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/013/C//
DELTA/280930ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32UMG892764/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/34KM/-//
PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/32UMG883759/32
UMG883769/32UMG892774/32UNG140774
/32UNG008544//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/32UMG881769/32
UMG891774/32UNG109774/32UNG163701/3
2UNG162622/32UNG088562/32UMG991570/
32UMG882756//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION
BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF
281100Z//
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
DELTA/281245ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UNG885419/EE//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C//
DELTA/281245ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32UNG885419/EE//
GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/15KM/-//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/32UNG880410/32U
NG875419/32UNG880428/32UNG920450
/32UNG920387//
PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/32UNG904446/32U
NG920451/32UPG072395/32UNG913264/32UN
G890404/32UNG880410/32UNG875419/32UN
G880428/32UNG893435//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CONFIRMED BY
DETECTOR KIT. RECALCULATION BASED
ON CHANGE IN WIND DIRECTION AS OF
281300Z//
3 - 58
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3 - 59
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
8.
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C//
DELTA/281230ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32UPF730750/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKE/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C//
DELTA/281230ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/32UPF730750/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1KM/-/30KM/-//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/32UPF722744/32U
PF721753/32UPF728760/32UPF819776
/32UPF782673//
PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/33UUA220822/33
UUA079480/32UPF723742/32UPF721754/32
UPF729760//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION
BASED ON CHANGE IN STABILITY
CATEGORY AS OF 281300Z//
Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed
3 - 60
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(1) From the centre of the original attack location plot the hazard area as described in
paragraph 0314 using H2 as the maximum downwind distance.
9.
10.
a.
From the centre of the original attack location, draw the new downwind direction line.
b.
Plot the new hazard area as described in paragraphs for Type B, Case 2 and Case 4, or
reposition the template along the new downwind direction line and re-plot.
c.
The total area covered by the old and the new hazard areas must be considered dangerous
until confirmation of the absence of a chemical hazard in the "old" area is received.
Type B Attack, Case 6, with a change in Downwind Direction.
Example
CBRN 2 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C//
DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32VMH747388/32VMH632388/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/-/SPR/-//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//
YANKEE/090DGT/020KPH//
ZULU/4/18C/8/-/0//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SYMPTOMS OF
NERVE AGENT POISONING//
Example
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEA12//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/020/4/18/8/-/0//
XRAYM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0//
YANKEEM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0//
ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/
281500ZAPR2010//
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C//
DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/32VMH747388/32VMH632388/EE //
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01KM/96HR/10KM/48HR//
PAPAX/281000ZAPR2010/32VMH732318/32VMH6
27379/32VMH622389/32VMH627397/32VMH73245
6/32VMH843457/32VMH843318//
PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/32VMH622389/32VMH6
27397/32VMH732456/32VMH843457/32VMH84334
1/32VMH853335/32VMH843330/32VMH843318/32
VMH822318/32VMH732267/32VMH621267//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED
ON CBRN CDM WEATHER CHANGE AS OF
281100Z//
3 - 61
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3 - 62
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3 - 63
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
TANGO
YANKEE
ZULU
GENTEXT
Description
Cond.
Example
M
M
ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
M
M
M
FOXTROT/32UNB058640/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//
O
O
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
3 - 64
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
OSCAR*
PAPAA
PAPAX**
TANGO
XRAYB***
YANKEE
ZULU
GENTEXT
*
Description
Cond.
M
M
Example
M
O
ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/
-//
FOXTROT/32UNB058640/EE//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
C
M
M
O
O
O
O
PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/
2-6DAY//
PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/
32UNB078640/32UNB068622/32UMB95
8559/32UMB958721/32UNB068658/32U
NB078640//
YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
**
Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding
to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the
previous hazard area.
***
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 CHEM report as described in Annex C,
Section III.
4.
Monitoring reports contain the type of agent detected indicating type of chemical agent and
persistency, the location of the sampling (geographical position) and type of sample (air sample, liquid
sample), the date-time of the detection, and topography information.
5.
If no chemical agent is detected, this should be reported by entering NIL into set INDIA. When
all hazards from one attack are gone, the responsible CBRN Centre should report this in a CBRN 4
CHEM by entering NIL into set INDIA, and by entering "CHEMICAL FREE ATTACK" into set
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO. To be able to identify the attack, the Incident Serial Number (set ALFA from
the CBRN 2) must be included into the report.
Table 3 - 11. CBRN 4 CHEM - Example
CBRN 4 CHEM
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
ALFA
INDIA
INDIAC
QUEBEC*
ROMEO*
SIERRA*
TANGO*
WHISKEY*
YANKEE*
ZULU*
GENTEXT
Description
Cond
Example
O
M
ALFA/BEL/001/001/C//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/MPDS/-//
INDIAC/-/-/-/-//
QUEBEC/31UDS874496/LIQ/MPD
S/-/OM/-/-/-/-/-//
O
M
ROMEO/2MGM2/-/-//
SIERRA/030830ZAPR2010//
TANGO/FLAT/BARE//
O
O
WHISKEY/-/-/-/-//
YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//
O
O
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
*
Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment.
Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and
ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated.
Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA and TANGO appeared. Sets/segments
are repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
0333. Reporting CBRN 5 CHEM
This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data. The
1.
report will use the information as described above for sets ALFA, DELTA, INDIA, OSCAR, XRAYA,
and GENTEXT. Set OSCAR indicates the time for which the contour is appropriate. Set XRAYA will
describe the level of contamination for the contour and the ground contaminated area resulting from
the incident.
2.
Contaminated areas are shown on the Chemical situation maps, produced in the CBRN
Centres as a result of CBRN 4 CHEM messages. This information must be passed to other units and
HQs. The most expeditious means for this is the chemical contamination overlay. However, facsimile
channels of electrical communications are not always available. If this is the case, the chemical
3 - 66
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
contamination overlay must be converted into a series of coordinates for transmission as a CBRN 5
CHEM report as in the following example:
Table 3 - 12. CBRN 5 CHEM - Example
CBRN 5 CHEM
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
M
O
ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/MPDS/-//
OSCAR/201505ZSEP2010//
XRAYA*
XRAYA/LCT50/32VNJ575203/
32VNJ572211/32VNJ560219/
32VNJ534218/32VNJ575203//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
ALFA
DELTA
INDIA
OSCAR
Example
3 - 67
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
MIKER
QUEBEC
ROMEO*
SIERRA
GENTEXT
Description
Cond.
O
O
O
O
O
O
Example
ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/
201420ZSEP2010//
FOXTROT/32UNB058640/EE//
INDIA/AIR/NERV/P/MPDS/-//
O
O
MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
QUEBEC/32UNB059645/-/MPDS/-/-/-//-/-/-//
O
O
ROMEO/-//
SIERRA/202300ZSEP2010//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SICA LAB
REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE
AGENT AS VX//
3 - 68
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Aim
1.
The biological prediction procedure provides information on the location and the extent of the
hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting in aerosol releases from biological attacks or
releases due to accidental and/or collateral damage i.e. biological weapons (fully engineered) and
TIBs (biological laboratories or biological containers). It provides the necessary information for
commanders to warn units within the predicted hazard area. The resulting prediction provides a
minimum estimate of the hazard areas for biological agents in general. After employment, actual
sampling by trained personnel will produce a better indication of the areas affected. The procedures
shown in this chapter are based on the limited amount of source information available at the time of
release and these procedures are used for hazard estimation over both land and water.
0402.
General
In any area of operation there may be biological material either in the form of biological agents
1.
or Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB), which will present a hazard to persons and/or material if released
into the atmosphere. The amount of material released may vary from very small to extrem large
quantities. TIB are ordinarily held only in very small quantities. Furthermore, the need to preserve their
viability demands special environmental controls, enabled by containment and physical security
measures. Finally, the inherent fragility of biological organisms makes it unlikely that they would
survive the dynamic and thermal effects of explosions or fire. In light of these considerations, it is
unlikely that personnel will encounter viable TIB except where they enter specially designed medical or
industrial facilities including biological laboratories, and even then the hazard may be restricted to
specially assigned rooms or compartments.
0403.
Aerosols are finely divided liquids or solids suspended in the atmosphere. The behaviour of
1.
aerosol clouds is essentially similar to that of vapour clouds. However, because of their higher density,
aerosol clouds are more stable. They stay nearer to the surface of the ground, while tending to lose
some material by precipitation onto any surface with which they come into contact. In a tactical aerosol
release, the aerosol cloud (after initial formation) will travel downwind at a rate determined by wind
speed. The cloud will lengthen and widen as it travels downwind. Units near the release point will
encounter a more concentrated cloud. However, units located farther downwind (even though exposed
to a less concentrated agent cloud) will be exposed for a longer period of time, so unprotected
personnel may inhale a higher total dose. The peak danger area will be located in the area where the
cloud stays intact while at the same time is at its maximum width and length. This distance is
approximately the maximum downwind hazard prediction for a chemical agent; therefore, it is vital to
determine whether or not the release is biological or chemical as casualties may occur as far as four to
five times the maximum downwind hazard area distance of chemical agents.
0404.
Aerosol Dissemination
Aerosol generation is currently the most likely form of area attack and may be delivered on or
1.
off-target. Aerosol dissemination can produce an inhalation hazard over a very large area. The design
of warheads and weaponization of payload are crucial to the effectiveness of a delivery system and
can be complex. Ballistic missiles, together with cruise missiles and possibly UAVs, pose the longest
range delivery system threats, the effectiveness of which are substantially increased by the
employment of sub-munitions. Biological agents could be also delivered through spray devices on
manned and unmanned aircraft, or maritime craft; such devices, unsophisticated and relatively easy to
manufacture, could nevertheless, be highly effective in disseminating biological agents. At the
4-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
conventional level, delivery systems could include artillery shells, rockets (including multiple-launch
systems) and aircraft bombs. The following examples illustrate aerosol dissemination by a number of
methods:
a. Bursting Type Munitions. When a biological projectile or bomb bursts on the ground or in the
air, the filling (either a liquid slurry or dry powder) is initially dispersed in all directions. An
effective ground bursting munitions will project the majority of the filling into the air to form an
aerosol cloud. Air bursting munitions may also form an aerosol cloud that will behave in a similar
manner to a spray release. The agent may also be designed to fall to the ground as a surface
contaminant much like persistent chemical agents. The dimensions of the aerosol cloud will be
influenced by the means of delivery, the weather conditions, and the terrain.
b. Spray Tanks/Generators. Aircraft/vehicle spray tanks, or aerosol generators, may also be
employed to form an aerosol cloud. This form of release is likely to take place as covertly as
possible.
c. Biological Bunker or Production Facility. Damage to a storage bunker containing biological
agents intended for use in biological warfare (stockpiled munitions containing biological
agents) or to production facilities for such agents containing active agent containers may result
in smaller release areas and lower quantities than if they had been dispersed from a weapon.
However, due to the duration of the release, and the likelihood of having an elevated plume,
the dispersed material at hazardous levels may travel downwind for many hours.
d. Transport. Damage to containers or munitions of biological agents being transported by road,
rail, or boat may result in a release. The release area will be localized, and the amount of
viable agent dispersed will likely be less than that dispersed from an efficient biological
weapon. However, since many biological agents only require a few inhaled organisms to infect
a person the downwind distance of the hazard area may still be considerable.
e. Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB). The release of TIB can be accidental, or from an attack or due
to collateral damage to a facility producing or storing infectious material. Possible facilities
include hospitals and other medical installations and research, production, storage or recycling
facilities for the pharmaceutical or agricultural industries. A release could also occur in the
transport of these materials.
0405.
1.
In general, the prediction of the release and hazard area is dependent upon:
a. The means of delivery (and agent container type); CBRN reports set GOLF information.
b. The type of release, as described in paragraph 0 and shown in Error! Reference source not
found..
c. The meteorological conditions at the incident. The meteorological data required for the
biological downwind hazard prediction procedure is contained in the CDR.
0406.
1.
Types of Releases
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
c. Type R: A release where the location of the release is known, but the type of container is
Not Known (NKN), or the release was from an Air Release Spray (SPR) or Air Release
Aerosol Generator (GEN).
Note.
1.
A Surface Release Spray (SPR) or Surface Release Aerosol Generator (GEN)
should be treated as Type R if it is mobile and releases material over a distance
exceeding 2 km.
2.
For incidents involving the transport of biological medical waste UN/NA 3291
the ERG specifies a release area radius of 25 meters with no additional hazard area.
Cases Considered
Two cases are considered when predicting the hazard areas resulting from a biological
1.
release:
a. Case 1. When the wind speed is 10 km/h or less.
b. Case 2. When the wind speed is more than 10 km/h.
0408.
Procedures
1.
2.
Record terrain features (wooded areas, mountains, plains, etc.) that may influence the
direction and speed of biological agent clouds.
3.
A CBRN 3 BIO may be generated and considered for distribution whenever a biological
release has taken place. If biological detection equipment is available this report will most likely be
generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 BIO. Otherwise, this report will most likely be generated
from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 CHEM, where the chemical agent is unknown.
4.
The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard
area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. Units
currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are in (or are no longer in)
the hazard area.
5.
Estimate the meteorological parameters for the release area and the predicted downwind
hazard area, on receipt of a CBRN 1 or CBRN 2.
6.
Select, in accordance with national directives, the weather information to be used, and
calculate the predicted downwind hazard area.
0409.
Constraints
4-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1.
When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from biological releases, many factors
will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are: type of and amount of biological
agent(s); type of and amount of delivery system(s); type and amount of agent container(s); terrain
composition, weather conditions (rain, clouds, etc.); air stability; type of surface(s); vegetation(s);
surface air temperature; relative humidity, and changes to these factors.
2.
Some of these factors are not considered when using the procedures in this chapter, unless
evaluated and estimated manually by the operator.
3.
The procedure shown in this chapter is based on the limited amount of information available at
the time of release.
4.
To be able to make more accurate predictions, more information about the listed factors has to
be available, and more enhanced methods have to be used for prediction.
4-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Release Area
1.
The release area is drawn as a circle of 2 km radius, centred at the release location.
0411.
Hazard Area
1.
Wind Speed 10 km/h. The hazard area is drawn as a circle of 10 km radius if the wind
speed is 10 km/h or less or if the wind speed is unknown. This is drawn from the centre of the release
location. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).
2.
Wind Speed >10 km/h. If the wind speed is more than 10 km/h, draw a line in the downwind
direction starting at the release location of length equal to 10 km. Draw a line perpendicular to
downwind direction line. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction at a distance
equal to twice the radius of the release area circle (4 km). Draw two lines from the upwind point of the
downwind direction line to the perpendiclar line to the downwind direction that is tangent to the top and
bottom of the release area circle. It is plotted as shown in the figure below.
Perpendicular to
Downwind direction
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
r = 2 km
DOWNWIND DIR.
30
r = 10 km
Max DHD = 10 km
2 km
4 km
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area
0412.
Immediate Warning
This simplified procedure is used for immediate warning of units only, before the detailed
1.
information is available. As soon as possible the detailed procedure must be carried out.
Note:
For incidents involving the transport of biological medical waste UN/NA 3291,
biological substances UN/NA 3373 and infectious substances UN/NA 2814, the ERG
specifies a release area radius of 25 meters with no additional hazard area. This
includes legitimate biological containers that do not produce an aerosol hazard.
4-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1.
2.
Biological agents (BIO or TOX) will create initial hazard areas similar in appearance to those
for chemical releases. The initial hazard area for a biological line source will also be similar to that for
a chemical line source.
3.
Computations for the biological hazard area for changes in meteorological conditions for all
types are similar to the recalculation procedures provided for chemical releases. However, biological
agents will generally remain toxic through multiple changes in meteorological conditions and multiple
CDRs. Therefore, the recalculation procedures must be performed more than once.
0414. Release Areas
The release area for Type P is drawn as a circle of radius 2 km centred at the release
1.
location.
2.
The release area for Type "Q" is drawn as a circle of radius 10 km centred at the release
location.
3.
The release area for Type "R" is defined by the line end points entered as two positions in set
FOXTROT. In case of only one position reported in set FOXTROT, the line has the default release
length of 100 km and is drawn centred on this point and oriented in the direction of the aircraft
trajectory. A circle of radius 2 km is drawn at the two end positions, with tangents connecting the two
circles together. If the flight direction cannot be established, assume it to be perpendicular (900) to the
wind direction.
4.
The release area for Type "S" is drawn as a circle of radius 50 km centred at the detection
location. The release area is unknown; this is only an initial area.
4-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of substance
container
Detection after
unobserved release
(CBRN 4 BIO
message)
Radius of
Release Area
Wind Speed
Case
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
10 km/h
> 10 km/h
N/A
CBRN 3 Graphic
2 KM
10 KM
2 KM
50 KM
Note: - A CBRN 1 may be received after an unobserved release and should be treated as a CBRN 4.
- A different observed radius may be specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated messages
this information will be formatted as: RDS:XXXM or RDS:XXXKM, always using three digits for
the radius, e.g. RDS:045KM.
- If two types of release are found, use the following order to determine which type of release to
use for hazard prediction: Type "R", Type "Q", or Type "P" for worst case identified, for example:
if you identify a potential Type R and a potential Type Q, then you would select Type R for
your calculation.
- For elevated release refer to paragraph 0421.
5.
Release Area Enlargement or Reduction. The release area for Types "P", "Q" or R" may be
reduced or enlarged based on available information specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated
messages, the release area radius is formatted as: RDS:XXXM, always using three digits for the
radius.
4-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0415. Downwind Travel Distances for the Initial Period (First CDR)
1.
The downwind travel distance represents the distance travelled by the centre of the cloud.
The downwind travel distance is broken into three segments corresponding to the three time periods of
the CDR to give 6 hours prediction as follows:
d1 = u1 x t1
d2 = u2 x 2
d3 = u3 x (4 - t1)
Use the following definitions:
d1 = distance in km travelled within the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.
d2 = distance in km travelled within the next CDR 2 hour period.
d3 = distance in km travelled within the third CDR 2 hour period.
u1 = wind speed in km/h for the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.
u2 = wind speed in km/h for the next CDR 2 hour period.
u3 = wind speed in km/h for the third CDR 2 hour period.
t1 = decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CDR 2 hour period of
validity corresponding to the release.
NOTE: For any CDR time periods where the wind speed is equal or less than 10 km/h, a value
of 10 km/h will be used for computations.
2.
If the release or detection occurs in the first CDR time period, 3 downwind distances are
calculated; d1 using the first CDR time period (WHISKEYM), d2 using the second CDR time period
(XRAYM), and d3 using the third CDR time period (YANKEEM); d3 is extended to include the duration
in the first time period before the release occurs to result in 6 hours total time.
Example:
1st Time Period
d1 = u1 x t1
d2 = u2 x 2
d3 = u3 x (4 - t1)
d1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr
d2 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
d3 = 12 km/h x (4 - 1)
d1 = 12 km
d2 = 24 km
d3 = 12 km/h x 3 hr
d3 = 36 km
3.
If the release or detection occurs in the second CDR time period, 2 downwind distances are
calculated; d1 using the data for the CDR time during the period of release/detection, d2 using the data
for the third CDR time period and extended to result in 6 hours total time since the release.
Example:
2nd Time Period
d1 = u1 x t1
d2 = u2 x (6 - t1)
d1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr
d2 = 12 km/h x (6 - 1)
d1 = 12 km
d2 = 12 km/h x 5
d2 = 60 km
4.
If the release or detection occurs in the third CDR Time period, only d1 can be calculated,
which is computed using 6 hours total time, as example below:
4-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
DL = 1.5 x DA
DT = 0.5 x DA
DL = 1.5 x 72 km
DT = 0.5 x 72 km
DL = 108 km
DT = 36 km
4-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0417. Biological Hazard Area Predicting Decision Tree
Biological release Initial Hazard
YES
Observed? CBRN 1
NO
Determine radius of
Release Area
(Delivery Means)
Agent Bunker or
Production Facility
NO
Type P Case 1
Windspeed
> 10 km/h
Windspeed
> 10 km/h
YES
Type P Case 2
YES
NO
Type Q Case 1
Type Q Case 2
NO
Type R Case 1
YES
Type R Case 2
Type S
Detection after
Unobserved
(CBRN 4 BIO
Message)
r
2 km Release
Area radius (A)
2 km Release
Area radius (A)
10 km Release
Area radius (A)
10 km Release
Area radius (A)
2 km Release
Area radius (A)
2 km Release
Area radius (A)
Notes:
A = Radius of Release Area
d1 = Distance in km travelled within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release
u1 = Windspeed in km/h for the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release
t1 = Decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period corresponding to the release
If two types of release are reported, use the following order to determine which Type and Case to use: Type R, Type Q or Type P
50 km Radius
Circle
around centre
of
Detection
Location
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
d1 = 20 km
r = 2 km
r = 2 km
Release Area
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(7) If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of
Release for the current 2-hour period.
4 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
GN
Hazard Area
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND
30
d1
Release Area
30
30
30
Downwind Direction
30
d1
Downwind Direction
d1
Hazard Area
This paragraph gives the step by step procedures for each Type and Case.
a. Type "P", Case "1". Releases with localized exploding munitions or point release and wind
speed 10 km/h.
4 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/ CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY. THE DETECTION
WAS MADE BY HAND HELD ASSAY//
D1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
r = 2 km
r = 2 km
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Release Area
Hazard Area
NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 km/h). If d1 is less than the
Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2hour period.
(1) Obtain the location of the release from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set
FOXTROT) and plot it on the map.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r), around the centre of the release
location. The area within this circle represents the release area.
(3) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d1). Distance (d1) is equal to the
wind speed (u1) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t1) from the
release within that CDR time period. For Type P, Case 1, a wind speed of 10 km/h is
4 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 8 as
an example.
(4) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
b. Type "P", Case "2".
speed >10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/-/6/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/-/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and intelligence has
indicated that a bio release is likely//
Perpendicular to
Downwind direction
Hazard Area
GN
Hazard Area
30
Release Area
r = 2 km
DOWNWIND DIR.
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 24 km
30
r = 2 km
d1 = 24 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.
(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around the centre of the release
location. The area within this circle represents the release area.
(4) Using the valid CDR, identify the downwind direction and the downwind speed.
(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). If d1 is less than 2
km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 9 as an example.
(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
direction line.
(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius (r) upwind from the
centre of the release area.
(10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind
direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction line.
(11) The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.
(b) The two 30 tangents.
(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 9).
(12) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(13) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
c. Type "Q", Case "1". Type Q consists of releases with munitions that cover a large area and
wind speed 10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/6/0/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/NKN/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//
4 - 17
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
D1 = 20 km
r = 10 km
Release Area
Hazard Area
r = 10 km
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 20 km
Hazard Area
4 - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//
Perpendicular to
Downwind direction
Hazard Area
GN
30
Hazard Area
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR.
r = 10 km
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 24 km
30
r = 10 km
d1 = 24 km
Figure 4 - 11. Type Q Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius
of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour
period.
(1) Obtain the location of the release from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set
FOXTROT) and plot it on the map.
(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.
(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 10 km (r) around the centre of the release
location. The area within this circle represents the release area.
(4) Using the valid CDR, identify the downwind direction and the downwind speed.
(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). Use the calculation
at Figure 4 - 11 as an example.
(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind
direction line.
(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction
line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.
(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius upwind from the centre of
the release area.
4 - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(10)From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind
direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction line.
(11)The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:
(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.
(b) The two 30 tangents.
(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 11).
(12)Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(13)Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
e. Type "R", Case "1". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined
by a delivery means Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed 10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/005/4/10/6/0/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030800ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA/30UWB622616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1//
INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//
GN
Hazard Area
r = 2 km
d1 = 10 km
r = 2 km
Release Area
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 10 km/h x 1 hr
d1 = 10 km
Hazard Area
Figure 4 - 12. Type R Case 1, Line Release Wind Speed 10 km/h
NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 kph). If d1 is less than the
4 - 20
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2hour period.
(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s)
(set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release
line.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each end point.
(3) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
release line, to designate the release area.
(4) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d1). Distance (d1) is equal to the
wind speed (u1) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t1) from the
release within that CDR time period. For Type R, Case 1, a wind speed of 10 km/h is
assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 12 as
an example.
(5) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
release line, to designate the hazard area (Figure 4 - 12).
(6) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(7) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
f.
Type "R", Case "2". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined
by an Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed >10 km/h.
Example
CDM
AREAM/NFWA22//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/6/0/1//
XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1//
YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-//
FOXTROT/30UWB539616/AA/30UWB622616/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1//
INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND
INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//
4 - 21
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
GN
r = 2 km
Release Area
30
30
d1
30
Downwind Direction
30
Downwind Direction
d1 24 km
Hazard Area
r = 2 km
Hazard Area
d1 = u1 x t1
d1 = 12 km/h x 2 hr
d1 = 24 km
Figure 4 - 13. Type R Case 2, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time
remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius
of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour
period
(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s)
(set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release
line.
(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each point.
(3) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the
release line, to designate the release area.
(4) Draw a GN line from the centre of each circle (GN Line if using overlays).
(5) Using the valid CDR, identify the downwind direction and the downwind speed.
(6) From the centre of each release area circle, draw a line showing the downwind direction.
(7) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). If d1 is less than 2
km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 13 as an example.
(8) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of each release area circle on the
downwind direction lines.
(9) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to each of the downwind
direction lines. Extend the lines to either side of the downwind direction lines.
(10)Extend the downwind direction lines twice the release area radius upwind from the centre
of each release area circle.
(11)From the upwind end of each line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area
circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendiculars to the downwind
direction lines. (See Step 9 above). These lines will form a 30 angle either side of the
downwind direction lines.
(12)Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 hazard areas (Points "B" and "A" in
Figure 4 - 13).
4 - 22
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(13)Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area
in accordance with SOPs.
(14)Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release,
Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).
g. Type "S", Case 1 or 2. Type S consists of detection after an unobserved release. Type S will
always be displayed as a circular template with a radius of 50 km.
CDM
AREAM/NFEA32//
UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C//
WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/6/0/1//
ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010//
CBRN 4 BIO
INDIA/NKN/ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-//
QUEBEC/31UDS875500/VAP/MPDS/SBD/1M/-/-/-/-/-//
SIERRA/030726ZAPR2010//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DETECTION DOES NOT CORRESPOND TO ANY KNOWN
BIOLOGICAL ATTACK//
CBRN 2 BIO
ALFA/BEL/222/222001/B//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/-//
GOLF/SUS/NKN/-/NKN/-//
INDIA/NKN/ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
CBRN 3 BIO
ALFA/BEL/222/222001/B//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
FOXTROT/31UDS875500/-//
GOLF/SUS/NKN/-/NKN/-//
INDIA/NKN/ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/-/-/50KM/-//
PAPAX/030726ZAPR2008/31UDS875500//
TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//
4 - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
r = 50 km
Hazard Area
r = 50 km
Hazard Area
If the initial report states Cloud - Continuous (Set MIKER - Incident Status):
(1) For wind speeds 10 km/h, Type P must be used.
(2) For wind speeds > 10 km/h and the dimension of the release area is greater than 2 km,
(i.e. where the distance between the release location and the current position of the front
end of the cloud exceeds 2 km); the hazard area prediction procedures for biological agent
release Type R should be used, inserting the facility position in FOXTROT first field and
the front of the cloud in FOXTROT second field. This procedure will be known as an
4 - 24
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Extended Duration Release and the following steps should be used to determine the
distance the hazard cloud will have travelled:
(a) The release is reported as a continuous cloud on the initial report, the template in the
first instance is as for a biological Type P release for the Initial Hazard Area until
further information is obtained.
(b) At the end of the current CDR time period or when a follow up report is received
stating that the release has stopped, the distance the cloud will have travelled can be
calculated by using the current wind speed multiplied by the time elapsed in minutes,
between the Start of Observation and End of Incident time (Set DELTA). The second
CDR period should be calculated from the end of the extended release area (see
Figure 4-15).
(c) Using 1.5 times the representative downwind speed as found from the CDR, example
12 km/h multiplied by time elapsed (minutes) and divided by 60; will result in the
distance travelled in km. For example, if the release of the cloud continued for 30
minutes, and the calculated wind speed for the current CDR time period is 18 km/h
(12 km/h*1.5), then the distance travelled is 9 km. If the distance travelled, as the
example above, exceeds 2 km it would have to be recalculated as a Type R release,
if it does not exceed 2 km recalculation is not required.
Distance
e.g.
Note: FOXTROT first field and FOXTROT second field could be added to the drawing as
centre of the circles (ref. 0420.1.b(2)).
Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release
d. If the release is reported as continous and the reported duration exceeds 2 hours, the
procedures for biological Type S (50 km hazard area radius) should be used.
2.
The following presents a decision tree for agent bunkers or production facility hazard area
prediction.
4 - 25
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NKN
No
Continuous Release
Type P
Yes
No
No
Yes
Extension of Release
Area > 2 km
No
Duration of release
> 2 hrs or NKN
Yes
Yes
Duration of release
> 2 hrs or NKN
No
Type R
Yes
Type S
4 - 26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
d1 BWR
d1 CDR
4 - 27
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Figure 4 - 17. Single Hazard Area Type P Case 2, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h
NOTE:
(1) DA = the total downwind distance of the centre of the biological cloud is the sum of the
three distances d1 + d2 + d3.
(2) DL = the downwind distance of the leading edge of the biological cloud is the total of
DA x 1.5.
4 - 28
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(3) DT = the downwind distance of the trailing edge of the biological cloud is the total of
DA x 0.5.
c. Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more (Case 2). When the wind direction
changes by 30 degrees or more the following procedure should be used, as shown in the
following steps:
(1) Draw the release area circle and initial hazard area for the CDR time period containing the
release, as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case 2 and illustrated in Figure
4 - 18.
Perpendicular to
Downwind direction
Hazard Area
GN
30
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR.
30
d1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(3) Draw a new downwind direction line for the next time period of distance d2 from the end of
the d1 line. Repeat the hazard area procedure from Step 1 with the circle just drawn being
the new release area as illustrated in Figure 4 - 20.
4 - 30
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(5) Draw a new downwind direction line for the new time period of distance d3 from the end of
the d2 line. Construct the hazard area for the third time period as described for the
second time period illustrated in Figure 4 - 22.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(7) If the third time period is a Case 2 and a Change in Downwind Direction is less than
30 degrees. Construct the hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind
direction line from d2 to the d3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure 4
- 24.
4 - 32
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4 - 33
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(b) Case 2, Change in Downwind Direction is less than 30 degrees. Construct the
hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind direction line from d2 to
the d3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure 4 - 28.
Step 8
Step 7 (b)
Figure 4 - 28. Step 7 (b) and Step 8
Step 8
Step 7 (c)
Figure 4 - 29. Step 7 (c) and Step 8
(8) The hazard area for the valid CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial
hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods, if
applicable. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance
path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be
4 - 35
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the
tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.
e.
Change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to 10 km/h, Case 2 to Case 1. When the wind
speed decreases from >10 km/h to 10 km/h resulting in Case "2" changing to a Case "1", the
following procedures should be used.
(1) Confirm the release area circle and initial hazard area Case 2 for the CDR time period
containing the release as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case 2 is still valid.
(2) The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the
downwind edge (d1) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line
from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents as illustrated in Figure 4 - 30.
4 - 36
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
After significant weather changes, the CBRN 3 BIO report may no longer be accurate or apply.
An adjusted CBRN 3 BIO report must be sent to the unit or installation in the new hazard area,
if possible. Also notify the units that may no longer be in the hazard area.
g. A CBRN 3 BIO should be generated corresponding to the current CDR time periods. The
hazard area defined in set PAPAX should only include those points computed for the current
CDR.
h. The leading (DL) and trailing (DT) edges are computed along the downwind distance path,
starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges should be displayed with lines
drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time
period containing each distance.
i.
A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge
computations for Case 1 releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The
leading edge can be considered to be the edge of the hazard area circle.
j.
For type S releases notice should be taken of the location of enemy positions further upwind
of the hazard area, calculated in accordance with paragraph 0419, subparagraph g. The area
between the enemy positions and the template should be considered as being potentially BIO
contaminated, with appropriate warnings issued and protective measures taken.
k. For type S releases, if a new detection is made outside of the hazard area, the procedures in
0419,g. should be repeated for the new location.
4 - 38
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a biological cloud can be computed by using the downwind
distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed
using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distances for each time period. The
distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge (circle centre for Case 1)
of the release area.
Note:
1. Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only.
2. ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release.
3. ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG.
4. ETAs to be round down.
5. LTAs to be round up.
3.
A line should be drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, which passes through
the location of unit or installation. For the time period containing the location of unit or installation, the
distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For
previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. The
expected arrival time or latest time of arrival is the sum of the contributing times; from the last time
period back through the time period containing the release. Some residual airborne cloud mass may
remain behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.
For ETAs + LTAs outside d1
E.g.
d1 Distance X 60
1 X Wind Speed
14 km X 60 = 40 min
21 km/h
26 km X 60
27 km/h
4 - 39
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
= 59 min
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note: Do same calculations for LTAs using half the wind speed
4.
Calculated arrival times are used for warning only. The actual arrival can only be determined
by detection.
4 - 40
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Figure 4 - 34.
Figure 4 - 35.
4.
The recalculation of Figure 4 - 36 is shown in Figure 4 - 37 with the new release area. The
release area does not need to be enlarged to contain the leading and trailing edges for this case.
4 - 41
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Figure 4 - 36.
Figure 4 - 37.
5.
The hazard area for the next 6 hour time period should be computed when the next CDR is
received. The procedures in paragraphs 0418, 0419 and 0420 are used. If the next CDR has not been
received, the last time period for the current CDR should be used for WHISKEYM, XRAYM, and
YANKEEM. When the next CDR is received, the hazard prediction should be recalculated. The
hazard area should then be reported in PAPAX of a new CBRN 3 BIO.
6.
Hazard areas should continue to be computed until no further contamination can be confirmed,
or until the hazard duration that follows in paragraph 0422 has been reached. Attention should still be
paid to the previously calculated areas, which may be contaminated until the end of agent
effectiveness.
0426. Termination of Biological Hazard Assessment
1.
For a biological release where the CBRN 3 BIO was generated from one or more CBRN 1/2
BIO with agent unknown (NKN), the CBRN 3 BIO computations may be terminated when it is
confirmed that it is not a biological substance. Otherwise, biological hazard assessment should
continue until further information is available.
4 - 42
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4 - 43
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
BRAVO
BRAVO/33SVB307672/235DGG//
DELTA
DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/33SVB308672/AA//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
INDIA
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
MIKER
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO
Terrain/Topography and
Vegetation Description
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE
YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions
exploded in dust like clouds, and
intelligence has indicated that a BIO
release is likely.
4 - 44
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA
DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/33SVB308672/AA//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
INDIA
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
MIKER
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO
Terrain/Topography and
Vegetation Description
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE
YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE P CASE
2 - Munitions exploded in dust like
clouds, and intelligence has indicated
that a Bio release is likely.
4 - 45
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA
Date-Time-Group of Incident
Start and Incident End
DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/33SVB308672/AA//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//
INDIA
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
MIKER
MIKER/-/-//
OSCAR*
PAPAA
PAPAA/2KM/-/36KM/-//
PAPAX
PAPAX/040600ZJUL2006
33SVB307692/33SVB325683/33SWA201136
/33SUA389151/33SVB291683/33SVB307692//
TANGO
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
XRAYB
YANKEE
YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
TYPE P CASE 2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b. They are within 10 km and 2 hours of another CBRN 4 BIO report, which has already been
assigned to a release.
Table 4 - 5. CBRN 4 BIO - Example
BIO 4
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
ALFA/BEL/001/001/B//
INDIA
INDIA/AIR/BAC/NP/OTR/-//
INDIAB
QUEBEC*
QUEBEC/31UES062425/-/OTH/1M/-//-/-/-/-//
ROMEO*
ROMEO/50000CFUM2/-/-//
SIERRA*
Date-Time-Group of Reading or
Initial Detection of Contamination
SIERRA/031040ZAPR2010//
TANGO*
Terrain/Topography and
Vegetation Description
TANGO/FLAT/BARE//
WHISKEY*
Sensor Information
WHISKEY/POS/POS/N/MED//
YANKEE*
YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//
ZULU*
ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/HHA HAND
HELD ASSAY//
*
Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment.
Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and
ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated.
Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA and TANGO appeared. Sets/segments
are repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
4 - 47
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA
DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
INDIA
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
OSCAR
OSCAR/040700ZJUL2010//
XRAYA
XRAYA/20PPM/33SVB308675/
33SVB314672/SVB312667/
33SVB306660/33SVB303671/
33SVB303673/33SVB308675//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/-//
4 - 48
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
Example
ALFA
ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//
DELTA
DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/33SVB308672/AA//
GOLF
GOLFC
INDIA
INDIAB
MIKECB
MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
MIKER
MIKER/-/-//
QUEBEC
QUEBEC/36SVD960290//OTR/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO
ROMEO/20PPM//
SIERRA
Date-Time-Group of Reading or
Initial Detection of Contamination
SIERRA/040700ZJUL2010//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SIBCA LAB
REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE
AGENT AS ANTHRAX//
INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//
4 - 49
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
4 - 50
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 5
RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING
Aim
1.
This chapter covers the manual procedures to warn and report the accidental or deliberate
release of radiological materials.
2.
Radiological releases, referred to as RAD, include releases caused by accident, collateral
damage or deliberate sabotage from nuclear, industrial or medical installations in which radioactive
material is held. Relevant installations may include, but are not limited to any of the following:
a. power-generating nuclear reactors;
b. research reactors;
c. nuclear fuel fabrication, reprocessing and enrichment plant;
d. nuclear fuel element stores;
e. fissile material stores;
f. radioactive waste storage facilities;
g. radioactive material production and storage of such material; and
h. medical, industrial or educational/research facilities.
3.
RAD releases also include intentional or unintentional transportation accidents e.g. transport of
radioactive material by road, rail or ship.
4.
Since the characteristics of the RAD release scenarios listed above are significantly different
from a nuclear weapon detonation, this chapter excludes determination of the hazard area arising from
fallout due to nuclear weapons. The procedures used for nuclear weapon fallout prediction are given
in Chapter 6.
0502.
1.
Releases from nuclear plant are characterized in terms of the amount of radioactivity and the
nature of the radioactive materials that could be released, which depend on which part of the plant is
affected. The radioactive material released from nuclear reactors will be in the form of gases, fine
particulate (aerosols) and possibly fuel fragments, which give rise to a range of radioactive emissions.
Other fuel-cycle facilities contain radiological material in a variety of forms, including non-condensable
gases, vapours, liquids and solids.
2.
In reactor accident scenarios, the release of radioactivity could occur over several hours or
even days. The release does not necessarily occur at a constant rate throughout the release duration.
3.
The release could be controlled by the plant operators, in which case the release may be from
the stack and would be included with process steam. There would be no other indication of release
other than by detection using suitable radiation detection equipment. Uncontrolled releases may be
accompanied by fire and explosions and could be indicated by external signs of damage to the plant.
4.
Outside the nuclear industry, radioactive materials are widely used in industrial and medical
facilities. Radioactive materials used for industrial and medical applications tend to comprise of a
single radionuclide incorporated into equipment designed to deliver a specific type of radiation.
Radioactive sources are also often used for education and research in university departments.
5.
Radiological devices would be designed by an aggressor to deploy or disperse radioactive
material in an operational area. The ability of an aggressor to deploy such a device would be limited
by the availability of the necessary radioactive materials and possibly by the need for the aggressor to
include shielding to minimise the risk of detection. The materials may be obtained from internal
5-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
facilities (nuclear plant, industrial or medical facility) or imported from other countries, either overtly for
declared industrial/medical applications, or covertly.
6.
In addition to the availability of the radioactive material, a Radiological device also requires a
method of assembly and a delivery mechanism. A device could be as simple as a radioactive source
associated with an improvised explosive device. These could result in an instantaneous release of
quantities of radioactive material into the environment. Other devices may be intended to contaminate
food or water supplies or cause significant radiation exposure to personnel without use of explosive
dispersal. Intelligence information is the main guide to the likelihood of radiological devices being
encountered in a specific operation.
0503.
Releases from nuclear facilities will include a range of radioactive materials that may present
1.
the following hazards:
a. Irradiation. Gamma radiation is emitted by most radionuclides and can cause harm to human
tissue by direct irradiation. The range of gamma radiation in air is several meters (even
hundreds of meters), but the intensity decreases in proportion to the square of distance from
the source.
b. Inhalation. Inhalation of radionuclides can produce significant exposure especially if the
nuclide is retained inside the body. Inhalation of radionuclides that emit alpha radiation is
particularly harmful.
c. Ingestion. Consumption of contaminated food or drink can also produce very significant doses
as certain radioactive materials are retained inside the body for a long period. For example
iodine-131 is retained by the thyroid and plutonium is absorbed in the lung and by bone tissue.
d. Skin contact. Many radionuclides decay by beta particle emission either with or without
emission of a gamma ray. Beta radiation has a very small range in air (up to 1 to 2 m,
depending on beta energy) but direct skin contact with a beta-emitter may cause skin burns.
2.
Protection from releases from nuclear facilities should include consideration of all of these
potential hazards.
3.
Releases from industrial or medical facilities may have a smaller range of radioactive
materials, which means some, but not of all the hazards listed above may arise.
0504.
These are the areas in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by the
1.
released radioactivity. The radiological hazard area depends on the type of release (source term) and
the atmospheric dispersion that occurs following the release.
2.
The HAZARD AREA has been subdivided into three zones based on the total radiation dose
that would be received by unprotected military personnel. These zones are defined in terms of the
Radiation Exposure State thresholds defined in STANAG 2083 and STANAG 2473. The three zones
are described as follows:
a. R1 - Potential Long-term Hazard. In this area, unprotected personnel may be expected to
receive doses in excess of 5 cGy over a period of 5 days. Radiation exposure of individuals
could constitute an increased risk of ill-health (e.g. increased risk of developing cancer) in the
long term and the exposure should be managed (ALARA 5) and recorded. Background
radiation levels should be monitored regularly, to check for the start and end of radiological
contamination. Non-essential personnel should be advised to shelter and consideration given
to evacuation of the most vulnerable and those who are located in areas where survey
measurements indicate the highest dose-rates. Guided by field survey measurements,
consideration should be given to adoption of protective equipment.
5
5-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b. R2 - Potential Acute Hazard. In this area, the radiation levels are expected to be sufficiently
high to indicate that active measures should be adopted to reduce exposure. Unprotected
personnel who remain in this area for a significant period can be anticipated to receive doses
exceeding 75 cGy (but less than 125 cGy) within 24 hours, which is high enough to cause
some short-term incapacitation, but full recovery is expected. Operations within this area
should be restricted to mission critical tasks only.
c. R3 - Potential Severe Hazard. This area corresponds to the region in which radiation doses to
personnel are expected to exceed 125 cGy within 4 hours. It can be anticipated that
unprotected personnel who remain in this area for significant periods may receive doses high
enough to cause short-term incapacitation and possibly death. Immediate evacuation of nonessential personnel and adoption of protective equipment is strongly recommended.
Immediate medical evaluation should be provided to persons leaving this area.
3.
A description of the active measures that should be adopted in zones where acute or longterm hazards are anticipated can be found in AJP-3.8.1 Vol I.
4.
The hazards arising from radiological release scenarios have been reviewed to reduce the
very large number of possible release scenarios into four types (labelled F to I in Table 5-1).
5-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Radiological Device.
Any device specifically designed to
employ radioactive material to
cause destruction, damage or
injury by means of the radiation
produced by the decay of such
material
5.
The form of the hazard area template for each of these types of incident depends on the form
of radioactive material involved and the manner in which radiation exposure occurs.
6.
For incidents that involve the extended release of radioactive material from large nuclear
facilities the three hazard areas defined above should be represented by three circles centred on the
plant location, as shown in Figure 5 - 1. Similarly, for incidents that involve exposure to direct radiation
6
IAEA TECDOC1344
IAEA TECDOC1344
8
NATO AC/225(LG7)D(2006)0003, Scenario 4
9
NATO SAS 061 Scenario R1
10
NATO SAS 061 Scenario R1
11
NATO SAS 061 Scenario R2
12
IAEA International Nuclear Event Scale, 2001
7
5-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(i.e. exposed or orphan radiation sources) the three hazard areas should be represented by circles
centred on the source location or main concentration of radioactive material, as illustrated in Figure 5 1. Unshielded radiation sources will emit radiation in all directions.
R1
Long-term Hazard
Dose > 5 cGy
Acute Hazard
Dose > 75 cGy
R2
R3
Severe Hazard
Dose > 125 cGy
Figure 5 - 1. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or
extended releases, Wind Speed 10 km/h
7.
If the incident involves an instantaneous release and subsequent dispersal and deposition of
the radioactive material by the wind when the wind found in the CDR is greater than 10 km/h, the inner
two hazard zones defined by R3 and R2 should be represented by circles and the outer hazard area
should be represented by a fan, with its centre-line along the downwind direction and dimension
defined by the radius R1.
Hazard Area
Wind Direction
Figure 5 - 2. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or
extended releases Wind Speed > 10 km/h
5-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note:
8.
For each of the incident types defined in Table 5 - 1, a number of cases are considered, (worst
case) as summarized in Table 5 - 2.
5-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of
Release
Disrupted
Industrial
Source
Damaged source
with dispersion
Wind speed 10
km/h
2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m
Damaged source
with dispersion
Wind speed > 10
km/h
13 km / 750 m / 400 m
Exposed/
unshielded source
500 m / 50 m / 15 m
Radiological
Device
Release
from
Nuclear
Facilities
R1 / R2 / R3
Radiological
Dispersion Device
(RDD)
Wind speed 10
km/h
Radiological
Dispersion Device
(RDD)
Wind speed > 10
km/h
Radiation
Exposure Device
E.g exposed
gamma
source
Severe
Release from
Nuclear Power
Plant
Moderate release
from Nuclear
Power Plant
Minor releasae
from Nuclear
power plant or any
release from other
nuclear facility
Detection of
unobserved
incident:
Reported
using CBRN
4 RAD
2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m
13 km / 750 m / 400 m
500 m / 50 m / 15 m
5-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
General
The aim is to provide a timely warning to local commanders of the possibility of radioactive
1.
contamination such that RADIAC monitoring equipment may be deployed to monitor contamination
and radiation hazards and protective measures (including IPE, sheltering and evacuation) may be
adopted as required.
2.
b.
An observer has noticed a change in the status of a known radioactive facility or hazard; and
c.
Third party information, including current intelligence, is received [e.g. terrorist warning or
report of an incident at a nuclear facility by the host nation].
3.
The Hazard Area template is based on analysis of actual radioactive releases from nuclear
facilities. Releases from nuclear plant tend to last for much longer than the effectively instantaneous
releases that could occur for some types of radiological device incidents or releases from other
industrial facilities. Studies have shown that:
a. The main determinant of hazard area for a nuclear facility release is the magnitude (size) of
release [i.e. quantity of released radioactive material].
b. There is relatively small dependence of hazard area on wind speed.
c. There is more dependence on atmospheric stability.
d. There is a relatively small dependence on release height and release duration.
e. Practical dose management measures, including monitoring and survey, sheltering and
evacuation, should be adopted in areas all around the site not just those in the immediate
downwind direction.
4.
Generally it will not be possible to estimate the size of a RAD release without a detailed
radiological survey and post incident analysis of the release area. The CBRN cell must, therefore, use
best judgement to select the appropriate template on the basis of information provided in the initial
CBRN messages. This section describes the procedure for determining the Hazard Area template
from incoming CBRN messages.
5.
It will be necessary to set in place standard operating procedures (SOP) to define Operational
Exposure Guidance (OEG), and exposure rate limits for the operation, decide on related alarm
thresholds and to establish radiation background readings in the area of operation. This is necessary
because these may vary significantly from operation to operation
6.
Procedures for determination of the size of the release are given in Section III. For any given
source term, the Hazard Area template is divided into three zones, in each of which commanders are
advised to take specified actions to reduce radiation exposure in accordance with STANAG 2473. The
radii of these zones are determined from the size of the release.
0506.
Procedures
The warning and reporting procedures for radiological incidents are outlined in Figure 5 - 3.
1.
Essentially the steps involved are OBSERVE ANALYSE RESPOND MONITOR, and each of
these is described in more detail below.
5-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
Observe. An incident may be observed either as direct damage or disruption of a known
facility or radiological hazard, or by an unexpected detection of radiation using RADIAC equipment.
The CBRN cell should collect as much information as possible about the incident, including location,
time and available details of the incident and report as a CBRN 1 RAD.
In the case where a
reconnaissance team makes the initial discovery of a RAD hazard it may be more appropriate to make
the initial report with detector readings using the CBRN 4 RAD message. National procedures may
apply.
3.
Analyse. On receipt of the initial messages the cell operator can select the appropriate
template using the procedures described in Section III, and generate a plot of the estimated Hazard
Area. Warning messages can then be issued as a CBRN 3 RAD. The template dimensions may
change as more information such as detailed survey results comes available. The CBRN cell may also
collect and correlate messages using the automated data processing (ADP) hazard prediction and
warning and reporting system, if available, designed in accordance with the rules set out in AEP-45.
The purpose of the analysis is to make a best estimate for the location, time, type and size of the
release. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard
area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential.
4.
Respond. Commanders who receive the CBRN RAD warning messages should immediately
adopt the force protection measures and monitoring procedures as advised in STANAG 2473. The
nature of these measures depends on proximity to the point of release and the time elapsed since the
release occurred. As a minimum the units affected should monitor radiation levels and report readings
as instructed regardless of whether they are located upwind or downwind of the incident. It will be
important to establish where the contamination has not fallen to determine boundaries between clean
and contaminated areas. Monitoring results should be reported periodically or as instructed by the
CBRN cell using the CBRN 4 RAD format, as the radioactive intensity may change over time.
STANAG 2473 provides guidance on risk management procedures to mitigate the effects of a RAD
release. The Area Control Centre will be responsible for defining the time periods and action levels, for
reporting field measurements, for directing additional reconnaissance measurements and collation and
analysis of data. STANAG 2002 provides instruction on placing a cordon around the hazard. In the
case of RAD releases, signs in accordance with the STANAG are to be placed on all probable routes
leading into contaminated areas at the points where the dose rate reaches 0.0002 cGy/h (2 Gy/h)
measured at 1 meter above the ground. This is roughly ten times natural background radiation levels
for most outdoor areas. When the dose rate is greater than 0.0002 cGy/h, signs showing the actual
dose rate are to be placed.
5.
Monitor. Once the initial analysis and warning messages have been confirmed and analyzed,
the CBRN cell should continuously monitor the development of the hazard area by updating the
analysis using information obtained from CBRN 4 RAD monitoring messages or from other information
received about the initial incident. The key information (location, time, type and size/ intensity) can be
updated to either confirm or modify the template plot. Field measurements of radiation levels should
be correlated to the same reference time, to account for radioactive decay, and plotted on a map of the
affected area. Iso-doserate plots can be generated either manually or automatically and reported
using the CBRN 5 RAD message. For most practical situations the decay of radioactivity for RAD
releases can be ignored as a first approximation. Contours can be plotted by interpolation between
adjacent fields measurements taken at different times provided the measurements are taken within the
first few days of the initial incident. It should be noted that short half life nuclides will decay rapidly.
Plotting measured dose rates ignoring radioactive decay will not result in an underestimate of the
hazard area. Long half life nuclides will not have decayed significantly. Once sufficient information
becomes available it may be possible to use an enhanced mathematical plume model to predict where
the contamination will occur in the future or to fill in the gaps between field measurements. Further
information on plume models is provided in AEP-45.
0507. Constraints
1.
Constraints of Template. The templates described in this section are intended to indicate an
overall Hazard Area where specific actions are advised, rather than to provide an indication of actual
5 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
hazard levels or radiation exposure prediction. The templates, therefore, provide an initial indication of
areas in which specific actions should be taken to ensure that appropriate force protection measures
are implemented.
2.
Timeliness and Period of Validity of Messages. Radiological releases should be
characterized both in terms of the dispersed atmospheric plume and the deposited contamination left
behind when the plume has passed. It is important that the initial warning messages are issued as
soon as possible after the incident such that affected units can adopt suitable protective measures
(shelter, wear Individual Protective Equipment (IPE), evacuate, etc) and initiate monitoring procedures.
The responses to RAD incidents can be broken down into Emergency, Intermediate and Late phases.
The Hazard Area template would dictate responses during the Emergency phase but, during the later
phases, more emphasis should be placed on actual hazard areas determined by field measurements
and possibly by enhanced mathematical plume calculations.
a. Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template
given in this chapter are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A
precautionary approach has been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume
an appropriate level of caution until confirmed by actual measurements. Template dimensions
are based on calculations for typical scenarios derived from work carried out by the NATO
Joint Capability Group on CBRN Challenge Sub-group (CSG) and the Radiological and
Nuclear Defence Sub-group (RNDSG).
b. Radiation Exposure Assumptions. The boundaries of the hazard zones have been calculated
on the basis of exposure of unprotected personnel for a period of up to 5 days after the initial
release or incident. The exposure calculation concentrates on the principal pathways that
could result in short term health effects and does not consider pathways and processes that
become important only in the longer term, such as ingestion and resuspension of the
previously deposited activity. The dose pathways considered are radiation from deposited
activity, inhalation and radiation from the contaminated cloud.
c. Unobserved incidents. Under some circumstances it will be necessary, or advisable to issue a
warning that a RAD incident has occurred before a detailed survey has been completed to
determine all of the release characteristics. This document includes provision for messages to
include Not known [NKN] in some fields. The resulting Hazard Area template is then based
on appropriate pessimistic assumptions that can subsequently be eliminated as more survey
data becomes available.
0508. Scope of Simplified, Detailed and Enhanced Procedures
Simplified procedures are intended to be performed manually immediately on receipt of the
1.
first report.
2.
Detailed procedures are intended to be performed either manually or by an automated system
when multiple messages have been received. This requires correlation of the messages and enables
the immediate hazard warnings to be confirmed or updated on the basis of the additional information.
Guidance on message handling for RAD reports is provided in Section 4. Other than using multiple
messages to make best estimates for the parameters used in plotting the Hazard Area template, there
are no additional calculations necessary in the detailed procedure for RAD incidents.
3.
Enhanced methods that make use of atmospheric dispersion models to predict the expected
hazard distribution are only intended for use by automated systems due to the complexity of the
calculations involved. Enhanced methods would be carried out, as more information about the nature
of the release becomes available including field measurements of radiation and more information
about the initial source term. The accuracy of such models is determined by many factors, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Terrain composition;
5 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
e.
f.
g.
Air stability;
h.
Type of surface(s);
i.
Vegetation(s);
j.
k.
Relative humidity;
l.
5 - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The key parameters needed to generate the RAD Hazard Area template are:
a. The location of release;
b. The time of release;
c. The type of release; and
d. The amount of material released (Size).
3.
These parameters have to be deduced from information provided in the initial CBRN 1 RAD or
CBRN 4 RAD messages.
0510. Immediate Warning
1.
Location. The hazard area template should be centred on the location of the release that is
indicated by FOXTROT or else will have to be deduced from set BRAVO (observer location and
direction of incident).
2.
3.
Type G is used to indicate a deliberate attack using radioactive materials and is reported using
the codes Air (AIR), Bomb (BOM), Cannon (CAN), Device (DEV), Multiple Launch Rocket
System (MLR), Mortar (MOR) or Missile (MSL) to indicate the means of dispersal or release
of the RAD material.
d. Type H is used to indicate that the incident involves a major nuclear installation, such as
nuclear power plant (RNP), research nuclear reactor (RNR), fuel fabrication facility (FFF) or
fuel reprocessing facility (FRF), fissile material storage (FMS) or radioactive waste storage
(RWS) facility.
e. Type I is used to report an unobserved radiological release (use CBRN 4 RAD message).
4.
Further information about the source, such as the general material type, type of radioactivity,
radionuclide name or transport code, can be reported using set INDIAR if this information is available
at the time that the initial report is raised. It is likely that these details will only become available
following further investigation of the incident, and would then be reported using the CBRN 4 message.
5.
A guide for deciding on the Types and Cases listed in Table 5 - 2 is summarised in Figure 5 4, and examples for each type and case is given below:
5 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Receipt of
CBRN RAD
yes
no
Incident observed
Type of
Incident
yes
Type F:
Disrupted or dispersed Industrial
source
TIR/ TPT/ RLD/ PLT/ SHP
Case 1
Dispersed
Source:
Size of
release:
LRG or
XLG
low winds
10 km/h
Case 2
Dispersed
Source:
Size of
release:
LRG or
XLG
for winds
> 10 km/h
Case 3
Exposed
Source
Size of
release
SML
Type G:
Radiological Weapon
Air/ BOM/ CAN/ DEV/ MLR/ MOR/
MLS
Case 1
Radiation
Dispersal
Device:
Size of
release
LRG or
XLG
low winds
10 km/h
Case 2
Radiation
Dispersal
Device:
Size of
release
LRG or
XLG
for winds
> 10 km/h
Case 3
Radiation
exposure
Device:
Size of
release
SML
Type H:
Release from large Nuclear
Facility
RNP/ RNR/ FMS/ RWS/ FFF/
FRF
Case 1:
Severe
release
from RNP/
XLG
5 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Case 2:
Moderate
release from
RNP/
LRG
Associate
with
original
message
no
Type I
Unobserved incident
Golf Field 2
NKN
Case 3:
Minor releasae from
RNP/SML or any release
from other nuclear
facilities
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
a. TYPE F, Case 1: Damaged Source with Dispersion/Wind Speed 10 km/h. Delivery and
quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or
means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size
of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504108N0021554W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TIR/4/CON/LRGRAD//
INDIAR/MDS/Co60/-/-/-//
MIKER/FIRE/CONT/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/FIRE AT HOSPITAL WITH RADIOTHERAPY UNIT//
Hazard area Template
For this case as the wind speed is less or equal than 10 km/h the hazard area template,
according to paragprah 0504.6, is plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source
location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind direction would be obtained from
set YANKEE of CRBN 2 RAD report.
R3 = 75 m
R2 = 250 m
R1 = 2.5 km
Figure 5 - 5. TYPE F, Case 1, Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed 10 km/h
b. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion/ Wind Speed > 10 km/h. Delivery and
quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or
means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size
of the radiological release.
5 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD//
INDIAR/INS/UN3331/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SERIOUS RAIL
CRASH INCLUDING CONTAINERS OF
FRESH NUC FUEL//
Example:
CBRN 3 RAD
ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD//
INDIA/INS/3331/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
PAPAA/400M/750M/13KM//
PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/5
04117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/503823N
0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N002155
0W//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGG/12KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
Hazard Area
Wind Direction
Figure 5 - 6. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion Wind Speed > 10 km/h
c.
TYPE F, Case 3: Disrupted Industrial Source/ Exposed or Unshielded Source. Delivery and
quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or
means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size
of the radiological release.
5 - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/TIR/1/CON/SMLRAD//
INDIAR/INS/GAM/-/-/-//
MIKER/DPC/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED INDUSTRIAL SOURCE//
Hazard area Template
For this case the hazard area template is plotted as three circles centred on the source
location reported using set FOXTROT. The wind speed and direction do not apply in this
case.
R3 = 15 m
R2 = 50 m
R1 = 500 m
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Hazard area Template
For this case as the wind speed is less than 10 km/h the hazard area template should be
plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source location reported using set
FOXTROT. In this case the wind information would be obtained from set YANKEE.
R3 = 75 m
R2 = 250 m
R1 = 2.5 km
Example:
CBRN 3 RAD
ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/MSL/1/-/XLGRAD//
INDIA/MWS/GAM/-/UMPD/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
PAPAA/400M/750M/13KM//
PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/
504117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/50382
3N0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N002
1550W//
5 - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Hazard Area
Wind Direction
Figure 5 - 9. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device Wind Speed > 10 km/h
f.
TYPE G, Case 3, Radiological Device; Exposed Source. Delivery and quantity information is
obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the
number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological
release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/DEV/1/CON/SMLRAD//
INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/MPDS/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/PATROL PD ALARMED//
Hazard area Template
For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the
source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind information does not
apply.
5 - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
R3 = 15 m
R2 = 50 m
R1 = 500 m
5 - 20
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
R3 = 2 km
R2 = 15 km
R1 = 300 km
Figure 5 - 11. TYPE H, Case 1, Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant
h. TYPE H, Case 2: Release from Nuclear Facilities; Moderate Release from Nuclear Power
Plant. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in
terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance
containers and the size of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RNP/1/RCT/SMLRAD//
INDIAR/SRF/MXR/-/-/-//
MIKER/ESD/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ONGOING INCIDENT AT NPP //
Hazard area Template
For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the
source location reported using set FOXTROT.
5 - 21
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
R3 = 600 m
R2 = 1 km
R1 = 30 km
Figure 5 - 12. TYPE H, Case 2 Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant
i.
TYPE H, Case 3: Minor release from Nuclear Power Plant or any release from other Nuclear
Facilities.
Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of
the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers
and the size of the radiological release.
Example:
CBRN 1 RAD
BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM//
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF/OBS/RNR/1/RCT/XLGRAD//
INDIAR/SRF/-/-/-/-//
MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT//
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH//
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SEVERE INCIDENT AT RESEARCH REACTOR SITE//
Hazard area Template
For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the
source location reported using set FOXTROT.
R3 = 600 m
R2 = 1 km
R1 = 30 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
j.
r = 2.5 km
Figure 5 - 14. TYPE I: Detection of unobserved incident, reported using CBRN 4 RAD
5 - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
5 - 24
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Question?
yes
no
Type of
Delivery
Identical
entries?
Incident Type
Confirmed
Start Time
DELTA entries
w ithin filter
time?
Location
FOXTROT
entries w ithin
filter distance?
Separate incidents:
Create New CBRN 2
Revise CBRN 2
Figure 5 - 15. Decision Chart for Comparison of CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 RAD Messages
5 - 25
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0514. Reporting CBRN 3 RAD
CBRN CC uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the CDR weather information for the
1.
hazard area prediction. However, should the local situation such as topography and size of the
release indicate that the use of the locally measured weather information would be more appropriate,
then proceed with using the local weather information for the hazard area prediction calculation. This
is sent as a CBRN 3 report. It is sent to all units that could be affected by the hazard. Each unit plots
the CBRN 3 report and determines which of its subordinate units are affected and warns those units
accordingly.
2.
In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 RAD report is able to plot the downwind hazard area
easily and quickly line GENTEXT may contain additional information.
0515. Reporting CBRN 4 RAD
If the received CBRN 4 RAD (detection) is the first report of a RAD incident in an operation it
1.
will be used to generate an approved CBRN 2 RAD with NKN placed in any sets where there is no
information. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should be plotted as a
2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. It is accepted that the resulting CBRN 2 RAD
will be less robust than an approved CBRN 2 RAD generated from a CBRN 1 RAD until further
information is obtained (e.g. from directed survey data).
2.
On receipt of an incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message, which is not the first RAD
report in an operation, the message will be compared with all existing approved CBRN 2 RAD
messages in the system to determine if the message is related to known incidents.
3.
Similarity with existing messages requires analysis to check that the location and time of the
reading and or measurement is consistent with the incident specified in the approved CBRN 2
message. The incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message is considered to have priority if the
following conditions are satisfied:
a. CBRN 4 RAD release information (INDIAR) is consistent with the INDIAR in the existing
approved CBRN 2 RAD message.
b. The CBRN 4 RAD directed survey dose rate level (ROMEO) at location (QUEBEC) is
consistent with the hazard area indicated by the existing approved CBRN 2 RAD message.
4.
If these conditions are met, the CBRN 4 RAD message relates with other messages already
existing in the system, and the incoming message is allocated to the relevant incident.
5.
If the CBRN 4 RAD message cannot be associated to any known incident, then it is
considered a new incident. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should
be plotted as a 2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. A Local Incident Serial Number
is then allocated by the CBRN CC or CBRN SCC, in accordance Chapter 1 and a CBRN 2 RAD
message is generated. This information forms the basis of the CBRN 3 RAD message.
6.
An unassociated CBRN 4 RAD message may be set aside until further information from the
incident is available. The information required to complete the association may come from a detailed
directed survey of the area surrounding the location of detection (QUEBEC), which will be reported
using subsequent CBRN 4 RAD survey messages.
0516. Reporting CBRN 5 RAD
Detailed survey measurements reported using the CBRN 4 RAD message may be used to
1.
produce a CBRN 5 RAD report which is used for the passing of information on areas of actual ground
contamination within the downwind hazard region.
5 - 26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
The CBRN 5 RAD report is prepared from the contamination plot. This report consists of a
series of grid coordinates. Often this message must be sent on the radio nets. This requires lengthy
transmission. If an overlay is not sent, the recipient is required to plot each coordinate and redraw the
plot.
0517. Reporting CBRN 6 RAD
The final CBRN report is the CBRN 6 RAD. This report is used to pass detailed information
1.
on the radiological incident and a narrative description in GENTEXT of radiological releases that have
occurred in the reporting units area of responsibilities (AOR). The CBRN 6 RAD contains as much
information as is known about the releases. It is submitted only when requested.
5 - 27
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
Cond.
ALFA
BRAVO
BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//
DELTA
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//
INDIAR
INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
MIKER
MIKER/DPC/CONT//
TANGO
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE
YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGE
TRANSPORT CONTAINER//
5 - 28
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 4. CBRN 2 RAD - Example
CBRN 2 RAD
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
ALFA
ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
DELTA
DELTA/101800ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/CON/NKN//
INDIAR
INDIAR/MDS/CO60/-/HGSM/-//
MIKER
MIKER/EXS/CONT//
TANGO
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
YANKEE
YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/EXPOSED
COBALT-60 MEDICAL SOURCE//
5 - 29
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 5. CBRN 3 RAD - Example
CBRN 3 RAD
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
ALFA
ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
DELTA
DELTA/102100ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/BUK/NKN//
INDIAR
INDIAR/FMS/MXR/-/VBRAD//
MIKER
MIKER/ESD/PUFF//
OSCAR*
PAPAR
PAPAR/-/1500M/70M/15M//
PAPAX
PAPAX/102000ZAUG2010/504056N0
021515W//
TANGO
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
XRAYB
YANKEE
YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
ZULU
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE
FROM A FISSILE MATERIAL
STORE//
5 - 30
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Description
Cond.
ALFA
ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
INDIAR
INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/PD//
QUEBEC*
Location of
Reading/Sample/Detection and
Type of Sample/Detection
QUEBEC/504056N0021515W//HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO*
ROMEO/30CGYH/-/-//
SIERRA*
SIERRA/100209ZAUG2010//
TANGO*
Terrain/Topography and
Vegetation Description
TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//
WHISKEY
Sensor Information
YANKEE*
YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH//
ZULU*
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE
FROM AN RDPS//
*
Set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set
QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are
operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set
QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA and TANGO appeared.
5 - 31
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 7. CBRN 5 RAD - Example
CBRN 5 RAD
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
ALFA
ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
DELTA
DELTA/102100ZAUG2010/-//
INDIAR
INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
OSCAR
OSCAR/102200ZAUG2010//
XRAYA
XRAYA/0.3CGH/
504106N0021515W/
504046N0021515W
504056N0021205W
504056N0021225W//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED
TRANSPORT CONTAINER//
5 - 32
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 8. CBRN 6 RAD - Example
CBRN 6 RAD
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
ALFA
ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//
DELTA
DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//
FOXTROT
Location of Incident
FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//
GOLF
GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//
GOLFC
INDIAR
INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//
MIKER
MIKER/DPC/CONT//
QUEBEC
Location of
Reading/Sample/Detection and
Type of Sample/Detection
QUEBEC/504056N0021515W//HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO
ROMEO/30CGYH/-/-//
SIERRA
SIERRA/100215ZAUG2010//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/VEHICLE
CARRYING RADIOACTIVE FISSILE
MATERIAL IN TYPE A PACKAGE
OVERTURNED ON ROUTE 25//
5 - 33
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
SECTION VI RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION
0519. Evaluation of Radiological Information
Before planning operations in a radiological environment, commanders must be aware of the
1.
contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the methodology
presented in the following paragraphs.
2.
After CBRN 4 RAD reports are received they may be evaluated with regard to the actual
hazard encountered by personnel in the contaminated area with an aim to predict expected dose
rates and accumulated doses for possible missions within the area contaminated by the RAD incident.
0520. Determination of Decay Rate
Once a radiological hazard has been identified, the dose rate at any future time can be
1.
calculated using the decay rate.
2.
For a RAD incident involving only a single radionuclide the decay rate, L, can be determined
from the radioactive half life t1/2 as follows:
Decay rate L = 0.693 / t1/2
3.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
This calculation can be performed using a standard calculator.
0523. Approximations
For releases for many RAD incidents it is acceptable as a first approximation to ignore decay
1.
rate, as the radioactive half life of the radionuclides released are likely to be much longer than the
duration of the military operation (battlefield mission). The radiological hazard should therefore be
regarded as a persistent hazard.
2.
A consequence of this approximation, for such instances, is that there is no requirement to
undertake immediate calculations to determine:
a.
b.
c.
3.
As the radioactive half life of the radionuclides released are likely to be much longer than the
duration of the military operation there is little or no advantage in delaying operations after a RAD
incident. This is in contrast to a nuclear weapon attack where fallout decays much faster (typically to
2% of its initial value in 24 hours).
0524. Simple Dose Estimation
1.
Total dose, DT, for unprotected personnel at a given location (FOXTROT) can be estimated
from the reported dose rate R, as follows:
DT
= RxT
where T is the estimated duration of exposure at that location. For example, if a unit reports
that the dose rate at a given location and time is 0.1 cGy/h, and it is anticipated that the unit
will occupy that location for 6 hours, the expected total dose will be 0.1 x 6 cGy = 0.6 cGy.
0525. Stay Time Estimation
Operational Exposure Guidance will indicate a mission dose limit Dm, which should not be
1.
exceeded. If the reported dose rate for a unit at a given location and time is R, the Stay Time, tstay, at
that location can be estimated from
tstay
= Dm / R
For example, if the mission dose has been set such that no personnel should exceed a target
of 0.1 cGy and the reported dose rate is 0.025 cGy/h, the stay time is = 0.1 / 0.025 = 4 hours.
2.
If the individual or unit at location (FOXTROT) already has a prior radiation dose, Dp, either
from exposure at that location prior to the current time or due to a previous mission, then the stay time
estimate needs to be adjusted as follows:
tstay
= (Dm - Dp ) / R
The value of Dp can be obtained either from reported measurement of individual dose from a
personal dosimeter, or estimated using the equation in paragraph 0524 above.
0526. Crossing a Contaminated Area
In some radiological incidents, such as releases from nuclear facilities, it is to be expected
1.
that extensive areas will be contaminated by radioactive material. It may be necessary to cross an
area where there is radioactive contamination. The results of detailed radiological survey
measurements may be used to produce an iso-doserate contour map of the area affected, from which
it would be possible to work out an optimum route.
5 - 35
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
If a contaminated area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the
mission should be selected. In calculating the total dose expected to be incurred, it is necessary to
determine an average dose rate.
3.
The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during transit. A
reasonable approximation of the dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum dose rate
predicted to be encountered. This is written as
R avg =
R max
2
TS =
dis tan ce
speed
Then follow the same procedure as for Dose Estimation shown in paragraph 0524.
0527. Manual Calculation of dose rate from point source
For Type F Case 1 (exposed source) it is possible that the initial report will include source
1.
type (radionuclide) and strength (activity Bq). The following calculation would enable the calculation of
dose rate from the source. This procedure may be necessary if it is not possible to conduct a detailed
radiation survey around the source location. (e.g. if a suitable survey instrument is not readily
available).
2.
Hazard area template may be plotted in the normal way using procedures outlined above for
this case. If the source activity is reported using field 6 of set GOLF, this procedure will enable the
CBRN Cell to estimate the actual dose rate from the source to check against actual field
measurements and to verify the template dimension. Note the template size provided above has been
calculated assuming a worst case scenario based on the largest industrial source that is likely to be
encountered.
a. Simple estimate of dose rate:
The basic equation for the dose rate calculation is:
Rcalc = D * Kd * A
Where
Rcalc Dose Rate value (Gy/h)
Kd Isotope specific Dose Rate - Activity conversion factor (Gy*m2/h/GBq). If the radionuclide
is not known (or not reported) a simple estimate of dose rate can be made by assuming that
the specific dose conversion factor has a value 3.05 x10-7 (Gy.m2)/( Bq.h).
A Source Activity (GBq)
D Distance Coefficient for the receptor point (1/m2)
Values for D at different distances up to 100m are obtained from Table 5 - 9 below:
5 - 36
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m Isotope is not specified
Distance d (m)
D (1/m2)
0.3
1.60E+01
0.5
3.99E+00
1.0
9.96E-01
2.0
2.48E-01
3.0
1.10E-01
4.0
6.15E-02
5.0
3.92E-02
6.0
2.71E-02
7.0
1.98E-02
8.0
1.51E-02
9.0
1.19E-02
10.0
9.61E-03
15.0
4.18E-03
20.0
2.31E-03
25.0
1.45E-03
30.0
9.85E-04
35.0
7.09E-04
40.0
5.32E-04
45.0
4.12E-04
50.0
3.27E-04
55.0
2.65E-04
60.0
2.18E-04
65.0
1.82E-04
70.0
1.54E-04
75.0
1.32E-04
80.0
1.13E-04
85.0
9.84E-05
90.0
8.60E-05
95.0
7.56E-05
100.0
6.69E-05
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
c. Estimation of dose rate if Radionuclide is reported:
If the CBRN 1 RAD message includes a report of radionuclide the values of the parameters D
and Kd may be obtained from the following table and used in equations above.
In this case the key parameters needed to calculate the dose and dose-rate values are:
Isotope Name
Group
No
Dose Activity
conversion factor
Kd (Gy*m2/h/GBq)
K-40
2.023E-05
Au-198
5.739E-05
Cr-51
5.257E-05
Tl-201
1.046E-04
Co-57
1.433E-04
Po-209
6.686E-07
Co-58
1.829E-04
Po-210
1.123E-09
Co-60
3.063E-04
Ra-226
1.974E-06
Ga-67
1.367E-04
Th-232
1.176E-05
Se-75
1.491E-04
U-233
4.892E-06
Mo-99/ Tc-99m
2.251E-05
U-234
1.307E-05
Cd-109
3.657E-05
U-235
5.422E-05
In-111
9.024E-05
U-236
1.241E-05
I-123
5.697E-05
U-238
1.098E-05
I-125
6.537E-05
Pu-239
4.985E-06
I-131
5.301E-05
Pu-240
1.243E-05
Cs-137
7.902E-05
Pu-244
8.953E-06
Ba-133
1.031E-04
Am-241
4.866E-05
Ba-140
5.951E-05
Cm-244
1.045E-05
La-140
5.951E-05
Cf-249
6.965E-05
Eu-152
1.585E-04
Cf-250
7.137E-06
Tm-170
9.282E-06
Cf-251
6.537E-05
Yb-169
1.476E-04
Cf-252
6.660E-06
Ir-192
1.139E-04
5 - 38
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient
Group 2
Group 1
Group 3
Distance d (m)
D (1/m2)
Distance d (m)
D (1/m2)
Distance d (m)
D (1/m2)
0.3
1.60E+01
0.3
1.60E+01
0.3
1.60E+01
0.5
3.98E+00
0.5
3.99E+00
0.5
3.99E+00
1.0
9.89E-01
1.0
9.94E-01
1.0
9.95E-01
2.0
2.45E-01
2.0
2.47E-01
2.0
2.48E-01
3.0
1.08E-01
3.0
1.09E-01
3.0
1.10E-01
4.0
5.99E-02
4.0
6.09E-02
4.0
6.13E-02
5.0
3.79E-02
5.0
3.88E-02
5.0
3.91E-02
6.0
2.61E-02
6.0
2.67E-02
6.0
2.70E-02
7.0
1.89E-02
7.0
1.95E-02
7.0
1.97E-02
8.0
1.44E-02
8.0
1.49E-02
8.0
1.50E-02
9.0
1.12E-02
9.0
1.17E-02
9.0
1.18E-02
10.0
8.99E-03
10.0
9.39E-03
10.0
9.53E-03
15.0
3.79E-03
15.0
4.04E-03
15.0
4.14E-03
20.0
2.02E-03
20.0
2.20E-03
20.0
2.27E-03
25.0
1.23E-03
25.0
1.37E-03
25.0
1.42E-03
30.0
8.08E-04
30.0
9.20E-04
30.0
9.62E-04
35.0
5.63E-04
35.0
6.55E-04
35.0
6.90E-04
40.0
4.09E-04
40.0
4.86E-04
40.0
5.16E-04
45.0
3.06E-04
45.0
3.72E-04
45.0
3.98E-04
50.0
2.35E-04
50.0
2.92E-04
50.0
3.15E-04
55.0
1.84E-04
55.0
2.34E-04
55.0
2.54E-04
60.0
1.47E-04
60.0
1.90E-04
60.0
2.08E-04
65.0
1.19E-04
65.0
1.57E-04
65.0
1.73E-04
70.0
9.71E-05
70.0
1.31E-04
70.0
1.46E-04
80.0
6.69E-05
80.0
9.44E-05
80.0
1.06E-04
90.0
4.75E-05
90.0
7.00E-05
90.0
8.01E-05
100.0
3.46E-05
100.0
5.32E-05
100.0
6.18E-05
5 - 39
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
5 - 40
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 6
NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING
Aim
The aim of this chapter is to provide basic information on nuclear hazard prediction calculation
1.
and warning and reporting procedures.
2.
Nuclear detonations produce radioactive clouds, which rise to heights dependent, in principal,
upon the energy released, and also on the type of burst. Once the debris is injected into the
atmosphere, it is rapidly spread through the atmosphere by diffusive processes, and eventually
deposited on the surface.
0602.
Categories of Fallout
The process of removal of radioactive debris from the atmosphere and its deposition at the
1.
surface may be divided into three phases:
a.
Immediate - the depositing of heavy debris within half an hour of the burst, which occurs
mostly in the area in which physical damage is sustained.
b.
Medium range - that which is deposited between half an hour and approximately twenty hours
after a nuclear explosion out to the ranges of some hundreds of kilometres from the point of
burst in the case of megaton weapons.
c.
Long range - the slow removal of very small particles, which may continue for months or even
years, particularly after a high yield thermo nuclear explosion. This is diffused and eventually
deposited over a very large area of the earth's surface.
0603.
Hazards of Fallout
In general, medium range fallout represents the most significant hazard to personnel. The
1.
effects of immediate fallout are normally greatly overshadowed by initial radiation, blast and thermal
effects in the vicinity of nuclear bursts, and the radiological dose from long-range fallout does not
reach tactically significant levels. Medium range fallout can cover an area of several hundred square
kilometres and constitutes a definite hazard; it should be avoided or protective measures taken
against it. In subsequent paragraphs the term fallout will concern only medium range fallout, unless
otherwise specifically stated.
0604.
Height of Burst
Fallout is of military importance after a nuclear explosion. The extent of the hazards resulting
1.
from radioactivity on the ground depends primarily on the height of burst.
2.
High Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon is detonated at a height that precludes damage or
casualties to ground targets, such as in an air defence role, neither induced radiation nor fallout of
tactical significance occurs.
3.
Low Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon produces damage or casualties on the ground, but
the burst is kept above the minimum fallout safe height, only neutron-induced radiation occurs.
Neutron induced radiation is relatively limited in area, and changes in tactical plans can normally be
made to ensure that it does not grossly interfere with military operations.
6-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4.
Surface Bursts. When a surface burst or near surface burst is employed, both neutron
induced radiation and fallout result. The fallout pattern can be expected to overlap and overshadow
the entire induced radiation pattern.
5.
6.
Underwater Bursts. The greatest radioactive hazard from an underwater burst is emitted
from the base surge. This is a misty, highly radioactive cloud of water droplets (spray), moving rapidly
outwards from ground zero, for a distance of 2 to 4 miles (3.2 to 6.4 kilometres). The droplets, which
make up the visible base surge evaporate, leaving particles and gases in the air as an invisible
radioactive base surge, which continues to expand outwards and move in the downwind direction.
The length of time for which this invisible base surge remains radioactive depends on the energy yield
of the explosion, the burst depth, and the nearness of the sea bottom to the point of burst. As a
general rule, it is expected that there will be a considerable hazard from the radioactive base surge
within the first 5 to 10 minutes after an underwater explosion and a decreasing hazard for half an hour
or more. Where the burst depth is sufficient to prevent the fireball from breaking the surface, almost all
energy is dissipated as shock, and the fallout is negligible.
0605.
Significance of Fallout
The large area contaminated by fallout from large surface bursts poses an operational
1.
problem of great importance. Potentially, fallout may extend to greater distances and cause more
casualties than any other weapon effect. It exerts an influence on the battlefield for a considerable
time after a detonation.
2.
Height of Burst over the Sea. Fallout is of importance after a nuclear explosion only where
the fireball touches the surface of the sea. A low airburst, surface or shallow subsurface burst will all
produce fallout. A deep underwater burst will not produce fallout, but in all cases a temporary pool of
radioactive water will remain in the vicinity of ground zero. Ships should be able to transit ground zero
safely approximately four hours after burst. Fallout from a nuclear burst over the sea will tend to be
deposited more quickly than that from an equivalent burst over the land. The pattern of fallout will,
however, be similar to that from a land burst.
3.
Effects of Fallout on Ships at Sea. Ships out to several hundred miles from ground zero
may be subject to fallout from surface and some sub-surface bursts. A forecast of the fallout pattern
will enable them to take avoiding manoeuvres or preventive measures. Manoeuvres to avoid fallout
must be based on the fallout prediction using CBRN EDM. Should it be necessary to pass through
fallout, wash down or pre-wetting systems (if available) should be activated, shelter stations assumed
and passage delayed as long as possible. If these measures are taken, casualties from fallout should
be negligible. Ships receiving no warning and remaining within this fallout zone longer than necessary
without adopting these preventive measures may sustain serious casualties. Fallout landing on the
surface of the water is rapidly diffused and there is very little danger to ships passing through water
where deposition has ceased.
Notes: 1. The most significant radiation is gamma radiation, which presents a serious
personnel hazard because of its range and penetrating power.
2. The biological effects on humans from residual radiation are essentially the same
as the effect from initial radiation.
6-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Introduction
This Section describes the methods by which it is possible to estimate the yield of a nuclear
1.
detonation, based upon measurements and/or parameters reported from observers.
2.
Estimation of the yield of a nuclear detonation requires observation results as contained in the
observers' report (CBRN 1 NUC). The observers must report as much of the data as possible,
subsequent reports can be sent, as more details become available.
3.
The yield of the detonation may be estimated by using the data contained in the sets JULIET,
LIMA and MIKE as entrance figures in the nomograms in Figure 6 - 8, Figure 6 - 9 and Figure 6 - 10.
4.
It should be noted that, when the distance from an observer to GZ has been determined, this
distance should be used rather than the flash-to-bang time, when using the nomograms in Figure 6 - 8
and Figure 6 - 9.
5.
0607.
The procedures in this paragraph can be used to improve the manual calculation of a CBRN 2
1.
NUC calculated from the information contained in one or more CBRN 1 NUC. In order to gain
maximum benefit from this information, it should meet certain requirements.
a. Quality Requirements for Data in CBRN 1 NUC Messages. The quality of information given in
a CBRN 1 NUC message will determine the quality of the resultant CBRN 2 NUC. To obtain
the best CBRN 2 NUC the following criteria should be followed:
(1) Flash-to-bang-time. This should be used when only one CBRN 1 NUC is available.
(2) Distance of observer to GZ. If the distance is > 50 km then the information should be
disregarded when calculating GZ. The observation may still be used to calculate the yield
but only if the cloud width is 4.
(3) Directions of observers to GZ. Using the observers position and the reported direction
toward GZ (set BRAVO), determine the intersection points of the lines of sight toward GZ
between any two observers. If the smallest angle formed at the intersection point by the
lines of sight is less than 30 then disregard this intersection point when determining GZ.
(4) Cloud width angle. If the cloud width angle is measured to be less than 4 or more than
40 then the measurement should be disregarded. A cloud width angle of about 15 is
regarded as the most accurate to estimate the weapon yield. When using the nomograms
in ATP-45, Chapter 6, SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS, the accuracy
6-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
of the estimated yield will decrease with larger or smaller angles. An automated system
takes care of the inaccuracy when the angle is larger than 15. The cloud width angle is a
better measurement than cloud top and cloud bottom angles.
(5) Angle to the cloud bottom/top. If the angle to the cloud bottom/top is measured to be less
than 10 or more than 45 then the measurement should be disregarded.
b. The Date Time Group (DTG) in the CBRN 1 NUC to be processed simultaneously cannot be
used for separating attacks. Observers may not have synchronized time, or several attacks
may be reported at the same time. However, for practical reasons CBRN 1 NUC should be
separated in time clusters, which will be calculated separately.
c. Separation of clusters in time groups.
(1) Use all date time groups (DTG) from set DELTA (field one) in the CBRN 1 NUC available
for calculation.
(2) Plot all reports with the same DTG (+ - 10 min.).
(a) Use the Observer's Location (set BRAVO, first field) to define the position of the
observer.
(b) Use the Direction of Attack from Observer (set BRAVO, second field) to define the
direction of the observation.
(3) Separate the reports in groups, which intersect at the same point (within a 1 km diameter
circle).
d. GZ is determined when at least two observers directions hit the same position (+ 1000 m).
Use only reports which fulfil the requirements in paragraph 0607, subparagraph a.
e. When GZ has been determined in accordance with paragraph 0607, subparagraph d, measure
the distance from each observer to GZ. Use all reports, which are within the time frame and
intersect the 1 km circle, even though some of these reports have not been used for the GZ
calculation. For further calculations of the weapon yield the subsequent procedures should be
followed using the measured distance only.
f.
0608.
The calculation of GZ, based on one report only, is regarded as a very unsatisfactory method
and is not considered acceptable. However, after validation of the calculated GZ a single
CBRN 1 NUC may be left. Use the GZ from the CBRN 1 NUC. If no further CBRN 1 NUC can
be obtained, the operator is to decide that this may be the only report available for this attack
and allow a CBRN 2 NUC to be produced based on one CBRN 1 NUC only. In such cases the
subsequent procedures should be followed using the Flash-to-Bang Time.
Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width
When distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and nuclear burst angular cloud
1.
width (measured at five minutes after burst) are known, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 8 with a
straight-edge or line at the measured data in the angular cloud width and flash-to-bang/distance to
ground zero columns, and read the yield, where the straight-edge or line intersects the yield column.
Example
Reported data:
Flash-to-bang time:
Angular cloud width:
60 seconds
275 mils
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note:
0609.
The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.
Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom Angle
1.
When the distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and cloud top and/or cloud bottom
angle (measured at ten minutes after burst) are known, use nomogram Figure 6 - 9. Using a straightedge or suitable line, align the measured data on the distance to ground zero/flash-to-bang column
through the angle to top or bottom of cloud columns and read yield where the straight-edge or line
intersects the yield cloud top or bottom columns as appropriate. Annotate the intersection points with a
DTG.
Example
Reported data:
Distance from observer to GZ:
Cloud top angle:
34.5 km.
20 degrees
50 KT
Note: The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.
0610.
When height of cloud top and/or cloud bottom (measured at ten minutes after burst) is known,
1.
the nomogram Figure 6 - 10 is used. Enter the nomogram with a straightedge or line, horizontally
placed through the measured cloud parameter (cloud top or cloud bottom). Should both cloud
parameters be available and not give the same yield, select the larger value of the yield. Annotate
intersection points with the DTG.
Example
Reported data:
Cloud top height:
Cloud bottom height:
12200 metres
8300 metres
From the nomogram Figure 6 - 10 determine yield of 40 KT for 12200 metres (cloud top
height) and 50 KT for 8300 metres (cloud bottom height), so the 50 KT yield is selected. The
graph Figure 6 - 18 is also usable for this purpose.
1
0611.
If stabilized cloud top height or cloud bottom height can be measured, the Figure 6 - 18 may
1.
be used to estimate the yield.
1
6-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1.
2.
The necessary meteorological data will be available in the format of a a CBRN Effective
Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM) as explained in
Section IV and V respectively.
3.
The method of fallout prediction consists of two procedures, the detailed procedure and the
simplified procedure, both of which are used to determine the extent of the hazard area. Normally the
detailed procedure is used by agencies having a meteorological capability, and subordinate units use
the simplified procedure. The decision as to which procedure is to be used is left to the commanders
concerned. These two procedures are described in Section IV and Section V respectively.
4.
The prediction of the fallout hazard area using the detailed procedure is more accurate.
Although neither procedure precisely defines the extent of the fallout, the predicted fallout area,
calculated by either method, indicates the probable limits to which fallout of military significance will
extend. When statistics of wind variability are available, the variable angle method provides the
opportunity of basing the prediction on a probability calculation.
5.
The boundaries of the predicted fallout area are not dose rate contour lines, nor do they imply
that all points within the enclosed areas will sustain dangerous fallout.
0613.
1.
Zone I is of Immediate Operational Concern. Within this Zone, there will be areas where
exposed, unprotected personnel may receive doses of 150 cGy or greater in relatively
short periods of time (less than 4 hours after actual arrival of fallout). Major disruptions to
unit operations and casualties may occur in some parts of this zone.
b.
Zone II is a Secondary Hazard. Within this Zone, the total dose received by exposed,
unprotected personnel is not expected to reach 150 cGy within a period of four hours after
the actual arrival of fallout. Within this zone, personnel may receive a total dose of 50 cGy
or greater within the first 24 hours after arrival of fallout.
c.
Outside the two Zones. Outside the two predicted Zones, exposed, unprotected personnel
may receive a total dose that does not reach 50 cGy in the first 24 hours after the actual
arrival of fallout. The total predicted dose for an infinite stay time outside of the two zones
should not reach 150 cGy.
Note:
Zone I and II do not reflect Radiation Exposure States (RES) as stated in STANAG
2083. Prediction of fallout is to be regarded as an estimate only. Necessary
preparations should be made to avoid the hazard if tactically possible. Even within
Zone I, units may not be affected by fallout at all. However, the decision to act is up to
the local commander and national directives/SOPs.
6-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0614.
The detailed procedure and the simplified procedure for fallout prediction are intended for use
1.
by all services. They are based upon assumed land surface bursts. It is recognized that the fallout
from a sea burst may be rather different, but very little direct information is available on fallout from
bursts on the surface of deep ocean water.
2.
It must be stressed that the sea acts like an absorbent of, and shield against, radioactive
products, but they remain a hazard on land until they have decayed.
3.
Another important difference is that recipients of warnings ashore do not have the mobility of
ships at sea, and in most cases must deal with the danger "in situ". Therefore ships will be particularly
interested in the determination of the approximate area in which deposition of fallout at the surface is
taking place at a given time after burst.
4.
Ships with a meteorological capability may be able to obtain the required meteorological data
for computation of CBRN EDM using standard pressure level winds. Basic wind data for this purpose
are generally also available from meteorological sources (airbases, MET-ships or mobile weather
stations). Ships, which do not have a meteorological capability, will normally predict fallout areas by
using the simplified procedure.
5.
0615.
Types of bursts normally applicable to Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) employment are
1.
surface bursts or subsurface bursts. The coverage of a residual radiation hazard area for a specific
ADM detonation will depend largely on the depth of burial and selected yield.
2.
The prediction procedure for ADM, slightly different from the normal detailed fallout prediction
procedure, is not described in this ATP.
0616.
No additional prediction procedure is available in the case of multiple burst fallout. The
1.
information obtained in areas where Zones overlap is to be interpreted as follows:
a.
The hazard classification of an area where fallout prediction patterns overlap should be that of
the higher classification involved. That is an overlap area involving Zone I, should be
designated Zone I, and an overlap area involving nothing more than Zone II should be
designated Zone II.
b.
Examples:
(1) Zone I overlapping Zone I - designated Zone I.
(2) Zone I overlapping Zone II - designated Zone I.
(3)
6-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
The simplified fallout prediction method requires nuclear burst information, a current CBRN
1.
EDM, and a simple template (radiological fallout predictor).
2.
This procedure affords the subordinate commands direct and immediately usable means to
estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible delay. Effective downwind speed and downwind
direction for each of seven selected weapon yields are transmitted periodically to subordinate units by
higher headquarters, in the form of the CBRN EDM, to enable subordinate commanders to use the
simplified procedure.
3.
A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN
BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds (see Chapter 2).
4.
A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated
forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher
national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection (CBRN CC) or CBRN Sub
Collection Centres (CBRN SCC)) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available.
5.
A simple template and estimated yield of a particular burst are all that is needed in addition to
the CBRN EDM/CBRN EDF.
6.
The format of the CBRN EDF is the same as the format of the computer originated CBRN
EDM as shown in this Chapter.
0618.
CBRN EDM
Since effective downwind speed and effective downwind direction vary with the yield, seven
1.
downwind speeds and downwind directions are transmitted, corresponding to seven preselected yield
groups, ALFA through GOLF as follows:
ALFA
BRAVO
CHARLIE
DELTA
ECHO
FOXTROT
GOLF
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
>
>
>
>
>
>
2 KT
2 KT
5 KT
30 KT
100 KT
300 KT
1000 KT
5 KT
30 KT
100 KT
300 KT
1000 KT (1 MT)
3000 KT (3 MT)
2.
To calculate the data, use the procedure in this Chapter with 2 KT for ALFA, 5 KT for BRAVO,
and 30 KT for CHARLIE and so on.
3.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ECHOM/-/ddd/sss/-//
FOXTROTM/-/ddd/sss/-//
GOLFM/-/ddd/sss/-//
UNITM/LL/DDD/SSS/-//
ZULUM/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY//
4.
In the CBRN EDM basic format, ZULUM ddttttZMMMYYYY is the date and time at which the
real winds are measured (e.g. 250600Z is the 25th day of the month at 0600Z). LL/DDD/SSS/ are the
units of measurement being used e.g. LL = km (KM), DDD = Degrees/True North (DGT) and SSS =
knots (KTS). ddd is effective downwind direction in degrees, and sss effective downwind speed in
knots (e.g. ALFA 080025 is a downwind direction of 080 degrees and 025 an effective downwind
speed of 025 knots, valid for yields of 2 KT or less.
5.
The format transmits data determined at the Collection Centre or lower level where the
detailed fallout prediction procedure is used. The computer originated CBRN EDM, while following the
basic format, has a different layout together with a period of validity. The format is covered in detail in
Chapter 2 and Annex C. These data are transmitted to subordinate levels to permit use of the
simplified procedure.
0619.
From the CBRN EDM determine the downwind direction for the specific yield group. Draw a
1.
line from the centre of the circles (GZ) on the template through the downwind direction in degrees on
the template compass rose. Mark this line grid north (GN).
2.
Use the nomogram, Figure 6 - 11, to determine the downwind distance of Zone I. The
downwind distance of Zone II is the double of the Zone I downwind distance.
3.
Draw arcs between the two radial lines, using GZ as centre and the Zone I and Zone II
downwind distances as radii and draw the tangents from the specific yield group semi circle to the
intersection points of the Zone I arc with the radial lines.
4.
Using the effective downwind speed for the specific yield group, draw and label dotted lines
within the hazard area to indicate the estimated times of arrival of fallout.
5.
Place the GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align the template GN with the map
GN. The arcs, the radial lines and the yield group semi circle determine the extent of the hazard area.
6.
Some of the above listed details may be omitted from the template if such details are already
available on the situation map.
Example
A nuclear detonation has occurred, and based upon the observations taken, the yield has
been estimated to be 35 KT and type of burst is surface burst.
The following CBRN EDM is available:
CBRN EDM
Common message heading followed by:
CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM//
ALFAM/-/095/020/-//
AREAM/NFEA//
BRAVOM/-/102/024/-//
CHARLIEM/-/115/028/-//
DELTAM/-/122/029/-//
ECHOM/-/126/029/-//
6-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
FOXTROTM/-/132/029/-//
GOLFM/-/140/035/-//
UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-//
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010//
7.
Based upon the information above, a fallout prediction, by use of the simplified procedure, can
be prepared as follows:
a. Yield Group Determination: As 35 KT is between 30 KT and 100 KT, select yield group
DELTAM from the CBRN EDM.
b. The Grid North Line: As the downwind direction for yield group DELTAM of the CBRN EDM is
122 degrees, draw the GN line from the centre of the yield semi circles through 122 degrees
on the inverted compass rose (Figure 6 - 1).
c. Zone I Downwind Distance Determination: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h and
the 35 KT yield, determine the downwind distance of Zone I from the nomogram Figure 6 - 11
to be 33 km. Therefore the Zone II downwind distance is 66 km. Draw the contour extension
around GZ from DELTAM semi circle (using the 100 KT cloud radius) to the intersection of the
Zone I arc with the radial lines. (See Figure 6 - 1).
d. Estimated Times of Arrival of Fallout: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h, indicate
the times of arrival of fallout by dotted arcs at 29 km and 58 km downwind; label these lines
H+1 and H+2 respectively. (See Figure 6 - 1).
e. Complete the template: Label the template to indicate the scale, the estimated yield in KT, the
date and time of attack, the location of the attack and the CBRN EDM used for the prediction.
f.
0620.
Use of the Template: Place GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align GN of the
template with the map GN.
Special Cases
1.
Effective Downwind Speed less than 8 km/h (or 4.32 KTS). When the effective downwind
speed is less than 8 km/h for a given yield group, the applicable line of the CBRN EDM will contain
only three digits, giving the downwind distance of Zone I. An effective downwind direction is not
transmitted in the CBRN EDM, since in this case the downwind distance of Zone I describes the Zone I
as a circle around GZ. Zone II will then be within another circle around GZ, the radius of which is
double the radius of the Zone I circle. In the following CBRN EDM, the yield groups ALFAM and
BRAVOM reflect only the downwind distance of Zone I in km. The downwind distance becomes the
radius of a circle around GZ, describing Zone I. A second circle of twice the radius of Zone I will define
Zone II. The following represents an example of a CBRN EDM containing special cases on wind speed
less than 8 km/h for sets ALFAM and BRAVOM.
CBRN EDM
Common message heading followed by:
CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM//
ALFAM/004//
AREAM/NFEA//
BRAVOM/007//
CHARLIEM/-/210/014/-//
DELTAM/-/220/016/-//
ECHOM/-/225/020/-//
FOXTROTM/-/230/030/-//
GOLFM/-/240/035/-//
UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-//
6 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010//
2.
Angle Expansion. The simplified procedure does not normally provide for a warning angle
greater than 40 degrees. In the instances where the detailed procedure demands an angle greater
than 40 degrees, this hazard area angle is to be given in the CBRN EDM to subordinate units to
expand their original hazard area. In computer originated CBRN EDM, the angle expansion will be
shown in field 4 of each of the yield groups, as shown in the example below. This means, that for yield
groups FOXTROTM and GOLFM, the 40 degrees standard angle between the two radial lines must be
expanded to 60 degrees, i.e. 30 degrees on each side of the reference line. If the angle is greater than
120 degrees, the detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle. The following
represents an example of a CBRN EDM indicating special cases.
CBRN EDM
Common message heading followed by:
CBRNTYPE/ WEA:EDM//
ALFAM/004//
AREAM/NFEA//
BRAVOM/007//
CHARLIEM/-/210/014/4//
DELTAM/-/220/016/4//
ECHOM/-/225/020/4//
FOXTROTM/-/230/030/6//
GOLFM/-/240/035/6//
UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-//
ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010//
Explanation of the 7th digit:
4
= 40 degree angle
5
= 50 degree angle
6
= 60 degree angle
7
= 70 degree angle
8
= 80 degree angle
9
= 90 degree angle
0
= 100 degree angle
1
= 110 degree angle
2
= 120 degree angle
3
= more than 120 degree angle.
(The detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle).
6 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Scale:
Estimated Yield:
Date-time of Attack:
Location of Attack:
CBRN EDM:
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3.
Ships Fallout Template. To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in
ships, while preserving a reasonable accuracy, a "Ships Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's
Fallout Template" is shown in Figure 7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant
ships. The table containing cloud radii and safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in
naval ships only and correspond to the yields illustrated in Figure 6 - 1 above.
6 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
This procedure requires nuclear burst or target analysis information and meteorological data. A
1.
fallout wind vector plot is prepared each time new meteorological data is received. Effective downwind
speed, downwind direction, and width of predicted zone are determined from the wind vector plot.
Effective downwind speed, effective downwind distance of Zone I, stabilized cloud radius, and the
direction of left and right radial lines are transmitted (CBRN 3 NUC) to subordinate units for immediate
warning of predicted contamination resulting from a nuclear detonation.
2.
The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is
safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard
area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly
change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential.
0622.
The CBRN BWM and the CBRN BWF meteorological messages contain information on the
1.
wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind speeds in a number of
layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone of validity and time of
measuring are stated.
2.
The CBRN BWM contains weather information for the following 6 hour period. The CBRN
BWF contains information for subsequent 6 hour periods.
3.
Each layer has a thickness of 2000 m. The message begins with information on the wind
conditions within the layer from the surface to 2000 m, then for the 2000 to 4000 m layer etc. A
numerical identifier is used for each of the layers, beginning with 2 for the 0 m 2000 m layer, 4 for the
2000 m 4000 m layer etc.
4.
The wind direction for each layer will be given with three digits (the direction from which the
wind is blowing), and the wind speed with three digits. The unit of measurement will be indicated under
set UNITM. Wind direction is normally given as Degrees True North (DGT) and wind speed as
Kilometres/Hour (km/h). (See Annex C).
6
5.
The information may appear as either two blocks of three digits or one block of six digits:
Examples:
02
02
280030 or
280 030
All examples illustrating the detailed procedure for fallout prediction are related to the wind data
given below.
0623.
1.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
08/310/035/
10/330/040/
12/345/040/
14/355/035/
16/005/030/
18/015/025/
20/020/015/
22/020/020/
24/025/020/
26/025/020/
28/030/020/
30/030/025//
UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/-//
ZULUM/140300ZSEP2010/140400ZSEP2010/141000ZSEP2010//
2.
The example above will be used for the purpose of constructing a wind vector plot and a fallout
prediction following the detailed procedure in the paragraph to follow.
0624.
The information contained in the CBRN BWM is used for the construction of a wind vector plot
1.
in the following way:
a.
The wind directions given in the CBRN BWM (paragraph 0623) are converted into downwind
directions for each layer of height, by reversing the wind direction 180 degrees.
b.
The wind speed of each layer as given in the CBRN BWM is to be represented by a vector, the
length of which is extracted from the appropriate table (Table 6 - 2 to Table 6 - 7).
Example
Prepare a wind vector plot to map scale 1:250000, using the meteorological information
contained in the CBRN BWM in paragraph 0623. The lengths of the wind vectors are
extracted from the table related to map scale 1:250000 and wind speeds in the units of
km/h (Table 6 - 6).
Layer
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
etc.
c.
085
5.4
110
7.1
120
7.3
130
7.0
150
7.7
165
7.2
175
5.9
185
4.8
195
3.9
Label GZ, True North (TN), GN, from GZ draw a vector in the downwind direction of the layer 0
- 2000 m. The direction is 085 degrees respective to the TN direction. The length of the vector
is 5.4 cm. Label the downwind end of the vector with the number 2 as shown on Figure 6 - 2,
and label the vector length alongside the vector. This vector is now representing the downwind
direction and the downwind speed within the height layer from the surface to 2000 m height.
From the end of this vector, draw the next vector, the direction of which is 110 degrees and the
length 7.1 cm. The downwind end of this vector is labelled 4, the vector thus representing
6 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
downwind direction and downwind speed within the height layer 2000 m to 4000 m. Proceed in
the same manner, using all information given in the CBRN BWM. The result will be a wind
vector plot as shown in Figure 6 - 2.
0625.
Fallout Calculation
Having drawn the wind vector plot, now determine the parameters for cloud top, cloud bottom
1.
and 2/3 stem height from the nomogram in Figure 6 - 10. Enter the nomogram with a straight-edge or
line used horizontally, connecting the estimated or reported yield on the left and right yield index scale.
At the same time extract the parameters for cloud radius and time of fall from the cloud bottom.
Example:
Reported yield:
50 KT
12 700 metres
8 300 metres
5 500 metres
5 kilometres
2.35 hours
6 - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Figure 6 - 3. Wind Vector Plot with Cloud and Stem Radial Lines (50 KT)
6 - 17
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b.
Determine the effective Downwind Direction: Bisect the angle formed by the radial lines GZ to
cloud top height and GZ to 2/3 stem height (Figure 6 - 4). The orientation of the bisector
defines the effective downwind direction. In the case where the angle of the radial lines has
been expanded, the bisector will be drawn using the expanded angle.
c.
CBRN centres will determine which of the two procedures is to be used within their
subordinate areas of command.
6 - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
d.
The probability level of 80% applies for 5 KT to 300 KT yields for the period
November to March. For yields outside this range and for the period April to
October, the probability will be higher than 80%.
Determine the Effective Downwind (EDW) Speed: Measure the length of the radial line from
GZ to the point for cloud bottom height, and convert the measured length to distance (km),
using the map scale in which the wind vector plot is drawn. Read the time of fall from Figure 6
- 10 corresponding to the cloud bottom and compute as follows:
Distance GZ to cloud bottom
EDW speed =
Time of fall
Example
The distance measured from GZ to the point for cloud bottom is 26.8 cm, equal to 67 km
when using map scale 1:250000. (1 km = 4 mm).
The time of fall from cloud bottom for 50 KT is 2.35 hours (Figure 6 - 10), and the
effective downwind speed is calculated as follows:
67 km
EDW speed =
= 28.5 km/h
2.35 hours
e. Determine the Downwind Distances of Zone I and Zone II: On the nomogram Figure 6 - 11
align a straight edge or line from the yield on the right hand scale to the wind speed scale. At
the intersection of the straight-edge with the centre scale, read the value of the downwind
6 - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
distance of Zone I for a burst producing fallout. Multiply the Zone I distance by 2, to obtain the
downwind distance of Zone II (distance from GZ to outer limit of Zone II).
Example:
Using the EDW speed of 28.5 km/h and 50 KT yield, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 11,
and determine the downwind distance of Zone I to be 40 km. The downwind distance of
Zone II is 40 km, multiplied by 2, equal to 80 km. On the plot, using GZ as centre, draw
two arcs with radii equal to the downwind distances of Zone I (40 km) and Zone II (80 km)
respectively, between the two radial lines (see Error! Reference source not found.).
1
f.
Determine the Cloud Radius: Obtain the cloud radius (km) from the nomogram in Figure 6 10, and draw a circle around GZ, using this radius.
Example:
Continuing the example used in paragraph 0625, the cloud radius for a 50 KT weapon is
5 km (from Figure 6 - 10). On the plot, draw a circle using GZ as centre and 5 km (20
mm) as radius (
Figure 6 - 6).
Determination of Zone I and Zone II boundaries: Draw two lines tangent to the cloud radius
circle, and intersecting the points on the radial lines where the Zone I downwind distance arc
intersects these lines (
Figure 6 - 6). The Zone I downwind distance arc, the two tangent lines and the upwind cloud
radius semi-circle form the boundaries of Zone I. The Zone II distance arc, the Zone I
distance arc and the two radial lines form the boundaries of Zone II.
g.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Weapon Yield
Basic Wind Message
Date-time of Attack
Location of Attack (GZ)
Effective Downwind Speed
Map scale
50 KT
140400Z
140608Z
NB157486 ACTUAL
28.5 km/h
(as appropriate)
h.
Time of Fallout Arrival: Using GZ as centre, indicate the estimated time of arrival of fallout by
drawing dotted arcs downwind of GZ, at distances equal to the product of the effective
downwind speed and each hour (or fractions of hour) of interest.
Example:
EDW speed is 28.5 km/h, therefore it is estimated that fallout will arrive 28.5 km
downwind from GZ at one hour after the burst (H+1) and 2 x 28.5 = 57 km downwind from
GZ at two hours after the burst (H+2). Draw the two dotted arcs, using GZ as centre and
28.5 and 57 km as radii, and label the arcs "H+1" and "H+2" respectively (Figure 6 - 7).
i.
Complete the Fallout Plot: Label the plot to indicate the map scale used, the yield (estimated
or actual), date-time of attack, location of attack and CBRN BWM used for preparation of the
wind vector plot.
6 - 21
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0626.
Special Case
When the EDW speed is less than 8 km/h, the predicted fallout area will be circular, the radii of
1.
two concentric circles around GZ being equal to the Zone I downwind distance and the Zone II
downwind distance respectively.
2.
The downwind distance of Zone I can be determined using the nomogram Figure 6 - 10. Enter
the nomogram with the yield and an EDW speed of 8 km/h.
3.
Read the value of the Zone I downwind distance and multiply the distance by 2 to obtain the
downwind distance of Zone II.
6 - 22
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Disclaimer
1.
2.
During the enlargement process care must be taken to maintain the accuracy of the
illustrations.
6 - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 25
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h
WIND
ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8
8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30
km/h
5
10
15
20
25
6.8
13.6
20.4
27.2
34.0
5.8
11.8
17.6
23.6
29.4
5.2
10.4
15.6
20.8
26.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.2
4.8
9.6
14.4
19.2
24.0
4.4
9.0
13.4
18.0
22.4
4.2
8.4
12.6
16.8
21.0
4.0
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
3.8
7.8
11.6
15.6
19.4
3.8
7.6
11.2
15.0
18.8
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.2
17.8
3.4
6.8
10.2
13.6
17.0
Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots
WIND
SPEED
knots
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8
5
10
15
20
25
30
12.6
25.2
37.8
50.4
63.0
65.6
11.0
21.8
32.8
43.6
54.6
65.4
9.6
19.2
28.8
38.4
48.0
57.6
9.4
18.6
28.0
37.2
46.6
55.8
Note:
8.4
16.6
25.0
33.2
41.2
49.8
7.8
15.6
23.4
31.2
39.0
46.8
7.4
14.8
22.2
29.6
37.0
44.4
7.2
14.4
21.6
28.8
36.0
43.2
7.0
14.0
20.8
27.8
34.8
41.8
6.6
13.2
19.6
26.2
32.8
39.4
6.4
12.6
19.0
25.2
31.6
37.8
Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at
2 000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some
of the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
Table 6 - 4. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in km/h
WIND
SPEED
km/h
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
3.4
6.8
10.2
13.6
17.0
20.4
23.8
27.2
30.6
34.0
2.9
5.9
8.8
11.8
14.7
17.7
20.6
23.6
26.5
29.5
2.6
5.2
7.8
10.4
13.0
15.6
18.1
20.7
23.3
25.9
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.6
15.1
17.6
20.1
22.6
25.1
2.2
4.5
6.7
9.0
11.2
13.4
15.7
17.9
20.2
22.4
2.1
4.2
6.3
8.4
10.5
12.6
14.7
16.8
19.0
21.1
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.0
18.0
20.0
6 - 27
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
1.9
3.9
5.8
7.8
9.7
11.7
13.6
15.6
17.5
19.4
1.9
3.8
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
13.1
15.0
16.9
18.8
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.1
8.9
10.7
12.5
14.3
16.1
17.9
1.7
3.4
5.1
6.8
8.5
10.2
11.9
13.6
15.3
17.0
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 6 - 5. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in Knots
WIND
SPEED
knots
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
6.3
12.6
18.9
25.2
31.5
37.8
44.1
50.4
56.7
63.0
5.5
10.9
16.4
21.8
27.3
32.7
38.2
43.6
49.1
54.5
4.8
9.6
14.4
19.2
24.0
28.8
33.6
38.4
43.2
48.0
4.7
9.3
14.0
18.6
23.3
27.9
32.6
37.2
41.9
46.5
Note:
4.2
8.3
12.5
16.6
20.6
24.9
29.1
33.2
37.4
41.5
3.9
7.8
11.7
15.6
19.5
23.4
27.3
31.2
35.1
39.0
3.7
7.4
11.1
14.8
18.5
22.2
25.9
29.6
33.3
37.0
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.4
18.0
21.6
25.2
28.8
32.4
36.0
3.5
7.0
10.4
13.9
17.4
20.9
24.3
27.8
31.3
34.8
3.3
6.6
9.8
13.1
16.4
19.7
22.9
26.2
29.5
32.8
3.2
6.3
9.5
12.6
15.8
18.9
22.1
25.2
28.4
31.5
Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2
000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of
the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
Table 6 - 6. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in km/h
WIND
ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30
km/h
5
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.7
10
2.7
2.4
2.1
2.0
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.4
15
4.1
3.5
3.1
3.0
2.9
2.7
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.1
20
5.4
4.7
4.1
4.0
3.8
3.6
3.4
3.2
3.1
3.0
2.9
25
6.8
5.9
5.2
5.0
4.8
4.5
4.2
4.0
3.9
3.8
3.6
30
8.2
7.1
6.2
6.0
5.8
5.4
5.1
4.8
4.7
4.5
4.3
35
9.5
8.2
7.3
7.0
6.7
6.3
5.9
5.6
5.4
5.3
5.0
40
10.9 9.4
8.3
8.0
7.7
7.2
6.7
6.4
6.2
6.0
5.7
45
12.2 10.6 9.3
9.0
8.6
8.1
7.6
7.2
7.0
6.8
6.4
50
13.6 11.8 10.4 10.0 9.6
9.0
8.4
8.0
7.8
7.5
7.1
55
15.0 12.9 11.4 11.0 10.6 9.9
9.3
8.8
8.6
8.3
7.9
60
16.3 14.1 12.4 12.0 11.5 10.8 10.1 9.6
9.3
9.0
8.6
75
20.4 17.7 15.5 15.1 14.4 13.4 12.6 12.0 11.7 11.3 10.7
100
27.2 23.5 20.7 20.1 19.2 17.9 16.9 16.0 15.6 15.0 14.3
6 - 28
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
> 30
0.7
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.4
6.1
6.8
7.5
8.2
10.2
13.6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table 6 - 7. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in Knots
WIND
ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)
SPEED
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30
knots
5
2.5
2.2
1.9
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.3
10
5.0
4.4
3.8
3.7
3.6
3.3
3.1
3.0
2.9
2.8
2.6
15
7.6
6.5
5.8
5.6
5.3
5.0
4.7
4.4
4.3
4.2
3.9
20
10.1 8.7
7.7
7.4
7.1
6.6
6.2
5.9
5.8
5.6
5.2
25
12.6 10.9 9.6
9.3
8.9
8.3
7.8
7.4
7.2
7.0
6.6
30
15.1 13.1 11.5 11.2 10.7 10.0 9.4
8.9
8.6
8.3
7.9
35
17.6 15.3 13.4 13.0 12.5 11.6 10.9 10.4 10.1 9.7
9.2
40
20.2 17.4 15.4 14.9 14.2 13.3 12.5 11.8 11.5 11.1 10.5
45
22.7 19.6 17.3 16.7 16.0 14.9 14.0 13.3 13.0 12.5 11.8
50
25.2 21.8 19.2 18.6 17.8 16.6 15.6 14.8 14.4 13.9 13.1
55
27.7 24.0 21.1 20.5 19.6 18.3 17.2 16.3 15.8 15.3 14.4
60
30.2 26.2 23.0 22.3 21.4 19.9 18.7 17.8 17.3 16.7 15.7
75
37.8 32.7 28.8 27.9 26.7 24.9 23.4 22.2 21.6 20.9 19.7
100
50.4 43.6 38.4 37.2 35.6 33.2 31.2 29.6 28.8 27.8 26.2
Note:
> 30
1.3
2.5
3.8
5.0
6.3
7.6
8.8
10.1
11.3
12.6
13.9
15.1
18.9
25.2
Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2000
meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of the
columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.
6 - 29
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
25
50
25
5
5
3,33
5
1,43
11,11
3,33
0,2
0,04
5
25
0,8
0,6
0,6
0,5
1,25
1,67
1,67
2
Multistorey building:
Top floor
Lower floor
0,01
0,1
100
10
Frame house:
First floor
Basement
0,6
0,1
1,67
10
0,7 *
1,43 *
Woods:
0,8 *
1,25 *
Underground shelters:
0,0002
5000
Foxholes:
0,1
10
M1 Tank
M48 Tank
M60 Tank
M2 IFV
M3 CFV
M113 Armoured Personnel Carrier
M109 Special Purpose Howitzer
M548 Cargo Vehicle
M88 Recovery Vehicle
M577 Command Post Carrier
M551 Armoured Recon Airborne
Assault Vehicle
M728 Combat Engineer Vehicle
Trucks:
1/4-ton
3/4-ton
2-ton
4 - 7-ton
Structures:
6 - 31
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 32
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Fallout predictions provide a means of locating probable radiation hazards. Military significant
1.
fallout is expected to occur only within the predicted area. However, the prediction does not indicate
exactly where the fallout will occur or what the dose rate will be at a specific location. Rainout or
washout can also increase radiological contamination on the ground creating local hot spots. Areas of
neutron induced radiation also can be caused by low air bursts.
2.
Before planning operations in a nuclear environment, commanders must be aware of these
residual contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the
equations and nomograms given in the following sections and in AEP-45. The basic information
needed is contained in CBRN 4 NUC reports. They provide information on actual measured
contamination in the form of dose rates.
0629.
Airborne Radioactivity
Most contaminated particles in a radioactive cloud rise to considerable heights. Thus, fallout
1.
may occur over a large area. It may also last for an extended period of time. A survey conducted
before fallout is complete would be inaccurate, because contaminants would still be suspended in the
air. For this reason, as well as the hazard to surveying personnel, radiological surveys are not
conducted before completion of fallout.
2.
An estimate of the time of completion (Tcomp) of fallout for a particular location may be
determined using a mathematical equation. The time in hours after burst when fallout will be
completed at any specific point is approximately 1.25 times the time of arrival of fallout (in hours after
burst). Add the time in hours required for the nuclear cloud to pass over.
3.
Tcomp =1.25Tarrival +
2Cloud radius
Effective wind speed
Example
For a given location, the following data has been determined:
Time of detonation = H
Time of arrival = H+2 hours
(Time of arrival is determined by dividing the distance from GZ to the given point by the
effective wind speed)
Cloud diameter = 4 km (equals 2 x cloud radius)
(Cloud diameter/radius is determined either from Figure 6 - 10 or the appropriate equation
from AEP-45 or from set PAPAB of the CBRN 3 NUC report)
Effective wind speed = 20 Km/h
(Effective wind speed is determined from set YANKEE of the CBRN 3 NUC report)
Tcomp =1.25 2h +
4 km
= 2.5h + 0.2h = 2.7h
20 KPH
Thus, fallout for the given location is expected to be complete by H + 2.7 hours.
Actual completion of fallout can be determined if a peak CBRN 4 NUC report is received from
the area of interest.
6 - 33
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0630.
Measurements of radiological data must be taken in accordance with the unit's SOPs.
1.
Measurements can be taken directly from an unshielded position if dose rates are low enough, or from
a shielded position such as a shelter or vehicle.
2.
When the indirect technique is used, most of the readings are taken inside the vehicle or
shelter. However, at least one outside reading is necessary to determine the transmission factor,
which relates the readings inside to the unshielded values outside. The latter are to be reported since
they are necessary for further calculations pertaining to troops in the open, or other vehicles, or
shelters.
3.
To determine the transmission factor both the inside and outside readings must be taken after
fallout is complete. Calculate the transmission factor using the following formula:
The readings taken inside the vehicle or shelter represent inside shielded dose rates (ID).
These readings must be converted to outside, unshielded dose rates (OD) before reporting.
Readings are converted using the following formula:
OD = ID TF
4.
A precalculated list of TF is contained in national manuals, an example of which is shown in
Table 6 - 8. This information is not used by the unit CBRN defence personnel when calculating or
reporting outside dose rates. Its principal use is to establish the relative shielding ability of one shelter,
structure, or vehicle as compared to another. It is also used for instructional and practice purposes.
5.
These factors are for the most exposed occupied location. They are not based on dose rates
from fallout; they are based on gamma radiation from cobalt-60. Since cobalt-60 radiation is almost
twice as strong as the radiation from fallout, actual TF should be much lower (more protection).
6.
In some cases the term protection factor (PF) or correlation factor (CF) is used. It is always
the reciprocal of the transmission factor.
PF (or CF ) =
0631.
1 OD
=
TF ID
Surveys
1.
Air-Ground Correlation Factors (AGCF). AGCF is required for calculation of surface dose
rates from aerial dose rates taken in an aircraft during a survey in accordance with procedures detailed
in STANAG 2112. The AGCF relates a ground dose rate reading to a reading taken at approximately
the same time in an aircraft at survey height over the same point on the surface.
2.
6 - 34
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
Surface dose rate
20 cGy/h
5 cGy/h
AGCF
20 cGy/h
5 cGy/h
AGCF
By multiplying the readings taken in the aircraft at a survey height by the AGCF, the surface
level reading can be approximated. These values are to be reported in the CBRN 4 NUC.
Ground dose rate
0632.
Reporting Instructions
1.
Monitoring data to be sent to other units/HQs is transmitted in the CBRN 4 NUC report format.
a. Automatic Reports. In accordance with SOPs units in the contaminated area submit
certain monitoring reports automatically. These provide the minimum essential information for
warning, hazard evaluation, and survey planning. Reports are sent through specified channels
to reach the CBRN cell. The automatic reports are the initial, peak, and special reports
specified by the CBRN centre or required by commanders for operational purposes.
b. Initial Report. After noting a dose rate of 1 cGy/h or more outside, defensive measures in
accordance with SOPs are implemented, and the unit formats a CBRN 4 NUC report
containing the code "INIT" for initial in set ROMEO. The first report is used at the CBRN centre
to confirm the fallout prediction. The dose rate cannot be converted to H+1 at this time.
c. Peak Report. After the initial contamination is detected the unit monitor continuously
records dose rates according to the time intervals specified in unit SOPs. The dose rate rises
until it reaches a peak, and then it decreases.
In some cases, the dose rate may fluctuate
for a short time before beginning a constant decrease. When the measurement continues to
decrease, the monitor takes an inside reading and then an outside reading for the TF
calculation. First, the inside reading is recorded. Within three minutes, the monitor goes to the
outside location. After all information is recorded, the CBRN defence team calculates the TF
and applies it to the highest dose rate. It then formats the CBRN 4 NUC report. The word
"PEAK" is used in set ROMEO.
d. Special Reports. Other standing instructions may establish the requirement for special
CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre evaluates these special reports. They invite
command attention to areas or conditions of serious concern. The operational situation, unit
radiation status, and similar considerations determine the criteria for these special reports,
which cannot be specified here. Generally, this report may be required when the surface dose
rate goes above a specified value. When the dose rate increases after showing continuous
decrease, a special report must be sent. Special reports may be required after a specified
period of time if the unit remains in the area.
e. Directed Reports. Selected units in the contaminated area will be directed to submit
additional CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre uses these reports to evaluate a
radiological contamination hazard - the decay rate of fallout and how long this decay rate (and
the contamination overlay) will remain valid. They are used to determine the H-hour (if
unknown) and the soil type in neutron induced areas. Reliable calculations are directly related
to the precision of the dose rate measurement. Tactical decisions and personnel safety
depend on the accuracy of these measurements. The assessment of further development of
6 - 35
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
the contamination situation depends upon this data. An error in dose rate measurements
means a similar error in all following calculations.
f.
Series Reports. A series report consists of a series of dose rate readings taken at the
same location at time intervals specified in unit SOPs after the peak dose rate has been
recorded. The location must remain constant. The report contains each reading and the time it
was taken. The report contains the word SERIES in set GENTEXT.
g. Summary Reports. The summary report shows the radiation distribution throughout units
area of responsibility. The locations for the readings are selected by the unit according to the
distribution of its elements and the extent or variety of the areas terrain. The time each
reading was taken is reported. The word SUMMARY is given in set GENTEXT.
h. Verification. The verification report is a unit's response to a direct request. If data are
lacking from a specific location near or in the unit's area the CBRN centre may request a
verification report. It may also be requested to confirm abnormal readings reported earlier. A
verification report is not a retransmission of the earlier report, but a check of the actual
conditions of the area. The unit tasked with the submission of a verification report receives
specific instructions as to the location from which a reading is desired. The word VERIFY is
used in set GENTEXT to indicate a verification report.
0633.
For the format used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 NUC report as
1.
described in Section 8. Within the CBRN 4 NUC the following three sets represent a segment:
CBRN 4 NUC
Set
QUEBEC
ROMEO
SIERRA
Meaning
Location and type of reading/sample/detection.
Contamination level, dose rate trend, decay rate.
Date and time of reading or initial detection of contamination.
2.
The location is sent as UTM grid co-ordinates; the level of contamination reading is expressed
in cGy/h.
3.
Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, and SIERRA may be repeated as many times as necessary to give a
specific picture of the contamination throughout an area. A "zero" dose rate may also be reported on
set ROMEO, and is an extremely valuable piece of information in determining the extent and duration
of contamination.
4.
Only outside dose rates are reported by the unit, and the date time group is reported in ZULU
time. Certain abbreviations are associated with the dose rate to describe the circumstances
surrounding the contamination. Note that the definition of set ROMEO includes information on the
dose rate trend and the relative or actual radiation decay rate. The dose rate must be reported while
the latter two items are optional. They require evaluation, which may be done above unit level. A
monitor cannot provide this information.
5.
initial reading
peak reading
decreasing since last reading
increasing since last reading
same
6 - 36
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6.
Legal entries for the relative decay rate are: (see paragraph 0633 and 0634)
DN
decay normal
DF
decay faster than normal
decay slower than normal
DS
7.
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/1CGH/INIT//
SIERRA/021200ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/20CGH/INCR//
SIERRA/021245ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/40CGH/PEAK//
SIERRA/021330ZAUG2010//
0634.
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/35CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/021400ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/30CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/021430ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/27CGH/DECR/DN//
SIERRA/021500ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/25CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/021530ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/23CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/021600ZAUG2010//
CBRN 4 NUC
QUEBEC/32UNB156470//
ROMEO/21CGH/DECR//
SIERRA/021630ZAUG2010//
After CBRN 4 NUC reports are available they must be evaluated with regard to the actual
1.
hazard encountered by troops in the contaminated area with the aim to predict expected dose rates
and accumulated dosages for possible missions within the contaminated area. Theoretically, once a
radiological hazard has been identified, the contamination existing at any future time can be calculated
using simple decay relationships.
2.
The dose rate at any location in a fallout area does not remain constant. It decreases with time
according to the Kaufmann equation:
R1 t 1 = R 2 t 2
n
Which describes the decay of fallout after it has completely settled on the ground.
In this equation:
R
is the dose rate at the location.
t
is the time in hours after H-hour.
n
is the decay rate.
The subscripts `1` and `2` denote two separate dose rate measurements taken at the same
location at different times.
3.
Dose rate and total dose calculations cannot be performed until the decay rate is known. The
true decay rate will not be known immediately. Accurate determination must wait until several sets of
CBRN 4 NUC reports are available.
The decay rate of fallout depends on many factors. Some of these factors are:
Height and type of burst.
Type of weapon (fission, fission-fusion, fission-fusion-fission).
Type of active materials, as well as construction and structural materials within the
weapon.
Type and quantity of materials vaporized or sucked up into the fireball.
"Salting" the weapon to produce a slow decay.
When fallout overlaps fallout.
Soil Type.
6 - 37
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4.
The decay rate varies with time. Generally, the decay rate becomes slower as time passes.
The same decay rate may not be present across the entire fallout area. The pattern as a whole will
have an average value, which may vary from position to position. The amount of variation in the decay
rate for fallout is expected to range from 0.2 to 2.0. The lower values are assumed for "salted"
weapons. Decay calculations are valid only if the dose rate readings are made after completion of
fallout. While fallout is still arriving, the Kaufmann equation is not valid.
5.
Because of the delay in determining the actual decay rate, an assumed decay rate of n = 1.2,
referred to as standard decay, is used by all units until informed otherwise by the CBRN centre. When
the actual decay rate has been established by the CBRN centre, it will be sent as set ROMEO on the
CBRN 4 or CBRN 5 NUC report. The assumed normal decay rate of n = 1.2 is used in many simplified
radiological calculation procedures. Optimum time of exit calculations are also based upon n = 1.2.
Note:
0635.
In the equations of the following sections all times are given in hours after the burst.
The information given in corresponding sets of the CBRN messages (e.g. SIERRA)
must be converted appropriately when moving from calculation to reporting or vice
versa.
1.
Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location
is plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a
straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph. Figure 6 - 13 shows data plotted on loglog graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as the number of hours past H-hour. A set of three
lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line is n = a/b, the decay exponent for each
location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value of n may then be determined for each
location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes of the lines differ by more than 30%
from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined, and the decay rate determined for a
given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that location.
6 - 38
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CAUTION
When dealing with overlapping contamination areas, using an "average" n value for the overall
pattern can lead to serious errors. The reliability of the decay rate calculation depends on the
precision of the dose rate readings, the interval over which the readings are taken, and the
time over which dose calculations are to be made. That is, the more reliable the dose rate
monitoring and the longer the time interval over which they are taken, the longer the time
period over which reliable dose calculations can be made. As a rule of thumb, reliable dose
calculations can be projected in time (tp) over a period up to three times as long as the
monitoring time interval. For example, for a decay rate determined from monitoring readings
taken between H+4 and H+8, dose calculations could be reliably projected from H+8 to H+20
(tp = H+8 + 3 (* (8 - 4)) = H+20). Thus, the calculations based upon decay rate are valid for 20
hours after the burst. This information should be placed on the contamination overlay to advise
the user of the length of time the calculations are valid.
0636.
1.
Graphical Method. To determine the dose rate at an arbitrary time it is necessary to use a
reference dose rate for the reference times H+1 and H+48. The following equation is used for this
purpose:
R n = NF R t
n is the normalized time, e.g. 1 or 48, and t is the time elapsed since the burst.
2.
The normalizing factors NF can be tabulated as shown in the Table 6 - 12 or presented
graphically as shown in Figure 6 - 22. The dose rate at H+1 hours can also be determined by using
one of the nomograms in Figure below, given a dose rate reading at H+t.
3.
When working with aerial or ground survey data, an additional step reduces the number of
required calculations. Multiply the normalizing factor either with the air-ground correlation factor
(AGCF) for aerial surveys or the vehicle correlation factor (CF) to determine the overall correction
factor (OCF) before applying the correction to the measured data to normalize it to the reference time
desired (e.g. when preparing reports).
6 - 40
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1.
Graphical Method. When the decay rate and the normalized dose rate for H+1 are known, the
dose rate at H+t, or the time t, when a specific dose Rt will occur, can be read from the nomograms
shown in Figure 6 - 14.
0638.
The primary objective of the commander is to accomplish the mission while keeping the total
1.
dose as low as possible. The total dose may be reduced in several ways.
6 - 41
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
a. Avoid the area. When the actual measured fallout area cannot be avoided, select the route,
which has the lowest dose rate. Commit the fewest number of personnel possible to the
operation.
b. Reduce exposure time. Plan operations to minimize time spent in contaminated areas. Select
the route easiest to cross. This route should offer high speed advance.
c. Delay time of entry. If possible, allow the contamination to decay, refer to the nomograms in
Figure 6 - 14 for details.
d. Use shielding. All vehicles should have increased shielding. Cross fallout areas on foot as a
last resort.
0639.
1.
Nomogram Method. Total dose, time of entry, and time of stay calculations in fallout areas
may also be solved with total dose nomograms. These nomograms may be based on different
anticipated decay rates.
6 - 42
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Total dose nomograms relate total dose, H+1 dose rate, stay time Ts, and entry time Te. The
index scale is a pivoting line. It is used as an intermediate step between D and R1, and Ts and
Te. The index scale value can be used to multiply the R1 to find the D. The four values on
these nomograms are defined below:
D
R1
The H+1 dose rate must ALWAYS be used. NEVER use a dose rate taken at any other time.
Ts
Te
R1 must be known before the total dose nomograms can be used. If any two of the other three
values are known, the nomograms can be used to find the missing piece of information.
Determination of R1 is discussed in paragraph 0636.
D and R1, or Ts and Te are used together.
When working with total dose nomograms, start the problem on the side of the nomogram
where the two known values are located. If D and R1 are given, start on the left side. If Ts and
Te are given, start on the right side. Never begin a problem by joining D or R1 with either of the
time values.
Example:
Given:
R1
Te
Ts
n
Find:
=
=
=
=
200 cGy/h.
H + 1.5 hours.
1 hour.
1.2
Answer: 90 cGy.
Solution.
Select the n = 1.2 total dose nomogram. Connect H + 1.5 hours on the Te scale with
the Ts reading of 1 hour. Pivot the hairline at its point of intersection with the index
scale to the 200 cGy/h on the R1 scale. Read D = 90 cGy on the total dose scale.
By 25 hours after the burst, the change in the rate of decay is so low that it is relatively
insignificant. Therefore, a different approach is used to estimate total dose when Te is greater
than 25 hours. In this case, simply multiply the dose rate at the time of entry by the time of
stay. This is written:
D
D
RTe
Ts
=
=
=
=
RTe * Ts
total dose (cGy).
dose rate (cGy/h) at time of entry.
time of stay (h).
For example:
Given:
R1
Ts
Te
n
=
=
=
=
300 cGy/h.
2 hours.
H + 30 hours.
1.2
6 - 44
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Find:
Answer: 10 cGy.
Solution.
Select the 1.2 decay rate nomogram. Align 300 cGy/h on the R1 scale with 30 hours on
the Te scale. Read the dose rate at the time of entry on the Rt scale (the RTe) as 5
cGy/h.
Find dose
D = RTe * Ts
5 cGy/h. * 2 hours
D = 10 cGy.
When Ts must be calculated against a dose limit, the above formula must be
rearranged.
Ts =
D
RTe
Using the data from the previous problem, this is solved as:
TS =
D 10
=
RTe 5
TS = 2 hours
Note that the dose rate at the time of entry is used here. Get the time of entry by
determining the time the R1 value will decay to the Rt value.
Using the data from the two previous examples:
RTe =
D 10
=
TS 2
RTe = 5
Now determine when (time) 300 cGy/h will reduce to 5 cGy/h. Align the R1 value and the Rt
value. Note that the hairline crosses the time (t) scale at H + 30 hours. Therefore, Te = H + 30
hours.
0640.
6 - 45
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
R avg =
R max
2
0641.
Radiological fallout may present a serious hazard to units that remain in the contaminated
1.
area. Shelters such as field emplacements are the best protective measures against nuclear radiation
for troops in the field. If the shelter provides any appreciable amount of protection, it will be
advantageous to remain and improve it rather than to evacuate to an uncontaminated area. If the
situation permits, and higher HQs approve, the commander may decide to move out of the
contaminated area. By evacuating at the optimum exit time, the radiation dose to personnel is kept to a
minimum.
2.
To compute the optimum exit time from a fallout area, you must know the time of detonation,
the location of an uncontaminated area, the average TF, and the time required to evacuate.
3.
When moving from an area contaminated by fallout, the unit moves into an uncontaminated
location. This will necessitate waiting until fallout is complete at present positions.
4.
The average TF of the fallout shelters and the vehicles used to leave the contaminated area
must be computed. Since all shelters are not the same, an average value should be used. The TF of a
vehicle may be estimated. A unit moving on foot will be fully exposed and will have a TF of 1.0.
5.
The time to load vehicles and move out of the contaminated area must be estimated. In order
to minimize exposure time, it may be necessary to temporarily abandon non essential items and
recover them at a later time when the dose rate has decreased to an acceptable value.
6.
Topt = MF Tev
where:
MF is a multiplication factor taken from Figure 6 - 62.
Tev is the time required to evacuate the contaminated area.
The following abbreviations are used in the optimum time of exit calculations:
= Average TF for the fallout shelters.
TFS
= Average TF after leaving shelters (during movement out of the contaminated area).
TFM
TFRatio = TF ratio.
Compute the optimum exit time by the three following steps:
6 - 46
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
7.
Special Considerations. The unit should evacuate the fallout area as soon as possible when
ratios of TFRatio are close to or greater than 0.5. If the optimum time of exit is estimated to be before the
actual arrival of fallout, the unit should evacuate the area as soon as possible after fallout is complete
and an uncontaminated area is available.
8.
The unit will receive the smallest dose possible if it leaves the contaminated area at the
optimum time of exit. If the commander is willing to accept up to a ten percent increase in dose, he
may leave the shelters any time between one half and twice the optimum time of exit.
9.
If possible, personnel should improve their shelters while waiting for the optimum time of exit.
The estimate of the optimum time of exit should be recalculated if significant improvement is made in
the shelters. Improved shelters mean the unit should remain in shelters for a longer period of time to
minimize the dose to the personnel.
Sample Problem.
Given:
TFS
0.1 (foxhole).
TFM
Tev
1 hour.
Find:
Solution:
TFRatio =
0.1/0.6 = 0.167
Multiplication factor
2.80
MF * Tev
2.80 h
2.80 * 1 h
Induced Radiation
Neutrons are produced in all nuclear weapon bursts. Some of these neutrons may be captured
1.
by the various elements in the soil under the burst. As a result, these elements become radioactive,
emitting beta particles and gamma radiation for an extended period of time. Beta particles are a
negligible hazard unless the radioactive material makes direct contact with the skin for an extended
period of time. Beta particles can cause skin irritations varying from reddening to open sores. In
contrast, gamma radiation readily penetrates the body and can cause radiation injury and even death.
To determine the external military hazard posed by induced radiation, an analysis of the dose rate of
the emitted gamma radiation must be determined.
2.
The location of a suspected induced radiation area created by an air burst is determined by
nuclear burst data. Weather conditions have no influence upon its location or size. Surface winds will
not affect the pattern. The pattern, if produced, will always be around GZ. The size of the pattern
depends on the yield of the weapon and height of burst. Table 6 - 10 shows the boundaries of the
6 - 47
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
induced area for different yields. Assuming an optimum height of burst, the user enters the table with
the yield of the weapon (or interpolates if not listed). The distance given is the maximum horizontal
radius to which a 2 cGy/h dose rate will extend one hour after burst.
Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination
2 cGy/h dose rate at H + 1 hour
Estimated Yield (KT)
Horizontal Radius (meters)
0.1
200
1
700
10
1000
100
1600
1000
2000
3.
The circular area with a radius as given in Table 6 - 10 around GZ is regarded as
contaminated until actual dose rate readings indicate otherwise. The actual area of contamination is
usually substantially less, depending upon actual yield and height of burst.
0643.
The soil in the target area is radioactive to a depth of 0.5 metres at GZ. In contrast, fallout is a
1.
deposit of radioactive dust on the surface. From this it can be seen that decontamination of the area is
impractical.
2.
The decay characteristics of induced radiation are considerably different from those of fallout.
Fallout is a mixture of many substances, all with different rates of decay. Induced radiation is produced
primarily in aluminium, manganese, and sodium.
3.
Other elements, such as silicon, emit so little gamma radiation or decay so fast that they are
less important.
4.
During the first 30 minutes after a burst, the principal contributor to induced radiation is
radioactive aluminium. Almost all soils contain aluminium. It is one of the most abundant elements in
the earths surface. Radioactive aluminium has a half-life of two to three seconds. Because of this,
almost all the radioactive aluminium has decayed within 30 minutes after the burst.
5.
Most soils also contain significant quantities of manganese. This element decays with a halflife of about 2.6 hours. From 30 minutes after burst until 10 to 20 hours after the burst, both
manganese and sodium are the principal contributors to the radiation. After 10 to 20 hours after the
burst, sodium, which decays with a half-life of about 15 hours, is the principal source of radiation.
6.
Soil composition is the most important factor in the decay of induced radiation. Its decay must
be considered differently from that of fallout. For fallout, the decay rate is calculated by using the
Kaufmann equation. For induced radiation, the percentage, by weight, of elements present in the soil
determines the decay rate.
7.
Since soil composition varies widely, even in a localized area, you must know the actual
chemical composition of the soil to determine the rate of decay of induced radiation. The soils are
divided into four types. Table 6 - 11 has been extracted from Defense Nuclear Agency Effects Manual
1 (DNA EM-1).
8.
Since the actual soil composition will not be known, soil type II, the slowest decay, is used for
all calculations until the CBRN Centre advises use of a different soil type.
6 - 48
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type II
(Nevada Desert)
Type III
(Lava, Clay, Hawaii)
Type IV
(Beach, Sand,
Pensacola, Florida)
1.30
0.16
0.0001
Manganese
0.008
0.01
2.94
Aluminium
2.89
6.70
18.79
0.006
Iron
3.75
2.20
10.64
0.005
Silicon
33.10
32.00
10.23
46.65
Titanium
0.39
0.27
1.26
0.004
Calcium
0.08
2.40
0.45
Potassium
2.70
.088
Hydrogen
0.39
0.70
0.94
0.001
0.001
Nitrogen
0.065
0.26
Sulphur
0.07
0.03
0.2
Magnesium
0.05
0.60
0.34
Chromium
0.04
Phosphorus
0.008
0.04
0.13
Carbon
3.87
9.36
Oxygen
50.33
50.82
43.32
53.332
Element
Sodium
Boron
9.
Soil type is determined by using engineer soil maps or a CBRN 4 report and the induced
decay nomograms. The method is basically a process of elimination. The dose rate and the time it was
measured are applied to an induced decay nomogram. This will result in an H+1 or R1 dose rate. Then
if the other dose rates and times from the series report result in the same R1 dose rate that is the soil
type. If not, check the other nomograms until the one used results in the same R1.
0644.
The decrease in the dose rate must be calculated before total dose can be found. This is done
1.
with decay nomograms. Use the residual radiation (induced) decay nomograms in (Figure 6 - 63
through Figure 6 - 66) for these calculations. They allow the user to predict the dose rate at any time
after the burst. Each nomogram denotes time (hours) after the burst for one of the four soil types.
2.
3.
In each nomogram, the R1 scale is at the right. This scale shows H+1 dose rates. The Rt scale
is on the left. This scale shows dose rates at times t.
4.
Example.
Given:
Rt
Find:
R1
6 - 49
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Solution:
Select nomogram for soil type II. Align the hairline with the 3 hour tick mark on the time (middle)
scale (t) and the 150 cGy/h point on the Rt scale. Read the dose rate as 190 cGy/h at the point
of intersection with the R1 scale.
0645.
The nomogram below is used for predicting the total dose received in an induced area. This
1.
nomogram relates total dose, H + 1 dose rate, stay time, and entry time. The two scales to the left of
the index line show total dose and H + 1 dose rate. There are two stay time scales to the right of the
index line. The extreme right scale shows entry time. The index line is a pivoting line, which is used as
an intermediate step between D and R1. R1 is found by using one of the induced decay nomograms. If
soil type is unknown, assume the soil is type II. The total dose nomogram, Figure 6 - 16, is NEVER
used to find R1.
2.
On Figure 6 - 16, soil types II and IV under "stay time" will be used for total dose calculations if
the soil type is not known. If the soil type is known, the appropriate scale under "stay time" will be
used. It is possible to find any one value on the total dose nomogram if the other three are given, as
illustrated in the following examples.
6 - 50
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 51
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example 1
Given:
R1 =
Te =
Ts =
140 cGy/h.
H + 6 hours.
1 hour.
Soil type: II
Find:
Answer: 72 cGy.
Solution.
On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16, connect H + 6 on the Te scale with 1 hour on the Ts scale (soil
types II and IV) with a hairline. Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale.
Now pivot the hairline to 140 cGy/h on the R1 scale. Read 72 cGy on the D scale.
Example 2
Given:
R1 = 300 cGy/h.
Te = H + 6 hours.
D = 70 cGy.
Soil Type:
Find:
III
Ts
Answer: 1 hour.
Solution.
On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16 connect 70 cGy on the D scale with 300 cGy/h on the R1 scale.
Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale. Pivot the hairline to H + 6 hours
on the Te scale. Read 1 hour on the Ts scale (soil types I and III).
0646.
Transmission Factors
TF for induced areas are determined in the field. The TF in Table 6 - 8 should be used with the
1.
greatest reservation. Actual TF in induced areas may be lower by as much as 70 percent because of a
very technical characteristic of radiation.
2.
Essentially the strength of gamma radiation is measured in million electron volts (MeV). Fallout
less than 24 hours old has an average energy of 0.67 MeV. Induced radiation emitted from the three
principal soil elements has a range of 0.68 MeV to 1.2 MeV.
3.
Because of the unique decay characteristics of induced radiation, TF must be recalculated
frequently. Every four hours is recommended. This accounts for changes in the penetration ability of
the remaining radiation.
0647.
1.
If an area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the mission, is selected.
2.
In calculating total dose, it is necessary to determine an average dose rate; dose rates
increase as the centre of the area is approached and then decrease beyond the centre of the area.
The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during the time of stay. A
6 - 52
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
reasonable approximation of the average dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum
dose rate predicted to be encountered. This is written as:
R avg =
R max
2
Time of stay (stay time) must be calculated for crossing problems. Use the relationship of:
TS =
dis tan ce
speed
Contaminated areas are shown on the radiological situation map, and information about them
1.
must be passed to other units and HQs. The most expeditious means for this is the radiological
contamination overlay.
2.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
f.
Figure 6 - 17 shows a typical plot, which might be developed, from survey data.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Reporting Data
Electronic communications are not always available. If this is the case, the radiological
1.
contamination overlay must be converted into a series of readings and co-ordinates for transmission
as a CBRN 5 NUC report. This method has a disadvantage. It requires the addressee to re-plot data
from the CBRN 5 NUC report and connect them to produce dose rate contours; a time consuming
process. Staff planners must consider that the shapes of dose rate contours drawn to correspond with
a relatively brief series of readings and co-ordinates can vary significantly.
2.
If electronic communications of data or communications of hard copy are not available and if
time and distance permit, radiological contamination overlays are sent by messenger. Data is
transmitted, manually by the CBRN 5 NUC report as a last resort.
3.
When the contamination comes from a single burst, the dose rates will be normalized to H + 1.
But if there have been several detonations at different times and no single H + 1 is possible, then the
dose rates are reported for a specific time.
4.
On the CBRN 5 NUC report a closed contour line on a plot, is represented by repeating the
first coordinate.
5.
To calculate the dose rates along the contour lines at a later time use the procedures
described in paragraph 0636, and label the contour lines accordingly. AEP-45 describes methods by
which contour lines may be produced using computers.
6 - 55
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 56
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Note: Safety distance for an AIR burst and unproted unwarned (open air) personnel.
Figure 6 - 19. Safety Distance as a Function of Weapon Yield
6 - 57
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0650.
1.
Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location is
plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a
straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph.
2.
Figure 6 - 20 shows data plotted on log-log graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as the
number of hours past H-hour. A set of three lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line is n
= a/b, the decay exponent for each location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value of n
may then be determined for each location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes of
the lines differ by more than 30% from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined, and
the decay rate determined for a given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that
location.
6 - 58
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 59
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0.800
1.000
1.200
1.400
1.600
1.800
2.000
0.341
0.517
0.660
0.784
0.896
1.000
1.090
1.180
1.270
1.350
1.430
1.510
1.620
1.730
1.830
1.930
2.020
2.120
2.210
2.290
2.410
2.520
2.620
2.730
2.830
2.930
3.020
3.120
3.210
3.300
3.390
3.480
3.730
3.980
4.210
4.440
0.238
0.415
0.574
0.723
0.864
1.000
1.130
1.250
1.380
1.500
1.620
1.740
1.910
2.080
2.240
2.400
2.560
2.720
2.870
3.030
3.230
3.420
3.620
3.810
4.000
4.190
4.370
4.560
4.740
4.920
5.100
5.270
5.800
6.310
6.800
7.300
0.167
0.333
0.500
0.667
0.833
1.000
1.160
1.330
1.500
1.660
1.830
2.000
2.250
2.500
2.750
3.000
3.250
3.500
3.750
4.000
4.330
4.660
5.000
5.330
5.660
6.000
6.330
6.660
7.000
7.330
7.660
8.000
9.000
10.000
11.000
12.000
0.116
0.268
0.435
0.615
0.803
1.000
1.200
1.410
1.620
1.840
2.070
2.290
2.640
3.000
3.360
3.730
4.110
4.490
4.880
5.270
5.810
6.350
6.890
7.450
8.010
8.580
9.160
9.740
10.330
10.920
11.520
12.120
13.960
15.840
17.760
19.720
0.081
0.215
0.379
0.567
0.775
1.000
1.240
1.490
1.760
2.040
2.330
2.630
3.110
3.600
4.120
4.650
5.200
5.770
6.360
6.960
7.790
8.640
9.510
10.410
11.340
12.280
13.250
14.230
15.240
16.270
17.310
18.370
21.670
25.110
28.700
32.420
0.057
0.172
0.330
0.523
0.747
1.000
1.280
1.580
1.910
2.260
2.630
3.030
3.660
4.330
5.040
5.800
6.590
7.420
8.280
9.190
10.440
11.760
13.130
14.560
16.040
17.580
19.170
20.800
22.490
24.230
26.020
27.850
33.630
39.810
46.360
53.290
0.040
0.138
0.287
0.482
0.720
1.000
1.320
1.670
2.070
2.500
2.970
3.480
4.300
5.200
6.170
7.220
8.340
9.530
10.790
12.120
14.000
16.000
18.110
20.350
22.690
25.150
27.720
30.410
33.200
36.100
39.110
42.220
52.190
63.090
74.900
87.600
0.028
0.111
0.250
0.444
0.694
1.000
1.360
1.770
2.250
2.770
3.360
4.000
5.060
6.250
7.560
9.000
10.560
12.250
14.060
16.000
18.770
21.770
25.000
28.440
32.110
36.000
40.110
44.440
49.000
53.770
58.770
64.000
81.000
100.000
121.000
144.000
6 - 60
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
N O R M A L I S A T I O N F A C T O R (H + 1 )
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
250
200
1 .9
150
1 .7
100
90
80
70
60
1 .5
50
40
1 .3
30
25
2 .0
20
1 .1
1 .8
15
1 .6
10
9
8
7
6
0 .9
1 .4
0 .7
1 .2
1 .0
4
0 .8
3
2 .5
0 .6
2
1 .5
2
1 .5
3
2 .5
5
4
7
6
9
8
15
10
25
20
40
30
T IM E (H + _ _ _ _ H O U R S A F T E R B U R S T ) R E A D IN G W A S T A K E N
48
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
1000
900
800
700
600
500
1.9
400
300
250
1.7
200
150
1.5
100
90
80
70
60
1.3
50
2.0
40
1.1
30
1.8
25
20
1.6
0.9
15
1.4
10
9
8
7
6
0.7
1.2
1.0
5
0.8
4
3
0.6
2.5
2
1.5
1
48
70
60
90
80 100
150
300
200
400
500
800
600
1000
1500
3000
2000
5000
4000
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 67
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 68
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 71
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 74
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6 - 101
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Reporting of Nuclear Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System
1.
Nuclear incident warning and reporting aid in the rapid collection, evaluation and
dissemination of data concerning nuclear fallout and hazards, including the prediction of hazard areas.
0652.
1.
Description
Cond.
Example
C
M
BRAVO/32UNB062634/2500MLG//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
O
M
M
O
O
FOXTROT/-/-//
GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
HOTEL/SURF//
JULIET/57//
LIMA/18DRG//
MIKE/TOP/33DRG/9KM//
O
O
O
The CBRN Centre may assign an Incident Serial Number (ALFA) to the CBRN 1 report and
1.
transmit the information as a CBRN 2 report.
6 - 107
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0654.
Description
Cond.
Example
M
M
ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
M
M
M
M
O
FOXTROT/32UNB186483/EE//
GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
HOTEL/SURF//
NOVEMBER/50//
This report provides a prediction of the nuclear hazard area to assist the commander in
1.
ordering the appropriate protective posture for his forces in the predicted hazard area.
Table 6 - 15. CBRN 3 NUC Example
CBRN 3 NUC
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
Description
Cond.
ALFA
DELTA
Example
6 - 108
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0655.
1.
This report provides detection data and passing monitoring and survey results.
Table 6 - 16. CBRN 4 NUC Example
CBRN 4 NUC
ROMEO*
SIERRA*
WHISKEY
GENTEXT
*
Description
Cond
Example
O
O
M
ALFA/BEL/001/001/N//
KILO/NKN//
QUEBEC/31UDS984628//MPDS/HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-//
ROMEO/38CGH/DECR/DN//
SIERRA/030900ZAPR2010//
O
O
WHISKEY/POS/POS/Y/HIGH//
Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are a segment. Sets/segments are repeatable up to 20 times
in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.
0656.
1.
This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data.
Table 6 - 17. CBRN 5 NUC Example
CBRN 5 NUC
Description
Cond.
Example
M
O
ALFA/BEL/001/001/N//
DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//
OSCAR/030826ZAPR2010//
XRAYA*
XRAYA/600CGH/31UES051714/31UES082
701/31UES080669/31UES054643/31UES0
17643/31UES028698/31UES051714//
XRAYA/300CGH/31UES056727/31UES093
714/31UES106719/31UES069635/31UES0
04598/31UES004640/31UES012682/31UE
S030714/31UES056727//
XRAYA/150CGH/31UES103724/31UES062
551/31UDS955434/31UDS848387/31UDS8
45452/31UDS908565/31UDS978677/31UE
S041727/31UES103724//
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
OSCAR
6 - 109
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0657.
This message will be used to provide specific information required to produce a more detailed
1.
nuclear hazard prediction.
Table 6 - 18. CBRN 6 NUC Example
CBRN 6 NUC
Common Message Heading followed by the following M mandatory and O operationally
determined sets:
Set
ALFA
DELTA
FOXTROT
GOLF
GOLFC
QUEBEC
ROMEO
SIERRA
GENTEXT
Description
Cond.
Example
O
O
ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
O
O
O
FOXTROT/32UNB058640//
QUEBEC/32UNB283704/GAMMA/-/-//-/-/-/-/-//
SIERRA/202300ZSEP2010//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/WEAPON
YIELD ESTIMATED FOR
EVALUATION OF COLLATERAL
DAMAGE PURPOSES ONLY//
6 - 110
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 7
HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (COASTAL/SEA)
AND MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING
Aim
The aim of this chapter is to provide information on the location, the extent of the hazard area
1.
and the duration of the hazard resulting from incidents with chemical agents and nuclear fallout at sea
and in the coastal region. It provides information necessary for commanders to warn units at sea and
on the adjacent land areas 13.
2.
Biological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are
described in Chapter 4.
3.
Radiological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are
described in Chapter 5.
13
MERWARN messages are for communication with non-military authorities, so these are NOT referred to in APP-11.
7-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
This chapter refers to agents at sea or on the shoreline. If the location of the release is
1.
unknown, it is assumed to be located up wind, at a distance equivalent to the unit's maximum range of
reconnaissance. The size of the release area is assumed to be contained within a 0.5 NM radius
circle.
0703.
General Procedures
1.
Horizontal Extent of the Downwind Hazard Area. The horizontal extent of the downwind
hazard area depends on:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
When preparing a CBRN 3 CHEM message for the following listed chemical agents, the CBRN
defence agency must always indicate which hazard level the predicted hazard area is based upon.
This information should be contained in set GENTEXT. In this publication, 3 different levels of hazard
may be taken into account - LCt50, ICt5, and miosis. The following dosage limits (mg x min/m3) are
valid:
Agent
SARIN
SOMAN
LCt50
70
70
ICt5
5
5
Miosis
3
3
3.
Vertical Extent of the Hazard. The hazard extends at least up to 150 m above the sea surface.
Aircrews flying low level must therefore be warned accordingly.
4.
Chemical Attacks. Chemical attacks may basically be divided into Air-contaminating Attacks
(Type A ) (non-persistent agents), and Ground-contaminating Attacks (Type B ) (persistent agents) :
a. Type A (non-persistent). In this publication, for prediction purposes, two types of air
contaminating (non-persistent) agents are recognized:
(1)
(2)
b. Type B, (persistent agents). Large quantities of persistent chemical agents may be released
with the intention of contaminating ship surfaces. For such a situation the procedures in
Chapter 3 should be used. However at sea, the resulting hazard area will be over predicted
since persistent agent(s) hydrolyze and mix with water and will not generate as much vapour
from evaporation as results from land contamination.
5.
Means of Delivery. The delivery means are listed in Annex C, paragraph C012. In cases where
the means of delivery is unknown, MLR is assumed.
7-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
6.
Meteorological Data. The meteorological data required for the downwind hazard area
prediction procedure is provided in a CBRN CDM (see chapter 2). Valuable MET information can be
provided by the attacked unit itself. Therefore units at sea reporting a chemical attack should always
attempt to include actual weather information under set YANKEE and ZULU in CBRN 1 CHEM or
CBRN 2 CHEM reports.
0704.
Prediction Procedures
For sea areas, the prediction of chemical downwind hazard areas follows either the simplified
1.
procedure or the detailed procedure. The simplified procedure is intended for use in ships, whereas
the detailed procedure is designed for use by CBRN defence agencies at Naval HQs, where trained
CBRN defence personnel and suitable facilities are available.
0705.
The following procedures apply if a release is on land, near a coast and the wind direction is
1.
off shore or a release is over the water, near a coast, and the wind direction is towards the land.
Using the following descriptions/situations the user will know which procedures to use even though it is
not always clear whether one needs to use the land or the sea procedures:
a. A template is (almost) completely over land if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the
template is over land; or, if more than 20% is over water but the involved water body (or
bodies) covers less than 400 km2 of water, within a distance of 30 km from the release point
(attack center location).
b. A template is (almost) completely over sea if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the
template is over water; or, if more than 20% is over land but the involved land mass (or
masses) covers less than 400 km2 of land, within a distance of 30 km from the release point
(attack centre location).
c.
In every case, if the MET report indicates that there are land/sea breeze conditions, the land
sea breeze procedures must be used. If that is not the case, and the release takes place over
land, use the land procedures from Chapter 3 to produce a hazard area template. Then
determine if this template is almost completely over land (see explanation above). If that is the
case, use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the sea procedures
as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a second template. Combine the land and
the sea template using the convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template is the
hazard areaand the sea template; then connect the outer points of the 2 templates and
prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.
d. If that (land sea breeze conditions) is not the case, and the release takes place over the sea,
use the sea procedures as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a hazard area
template. Then, determine if this template is almost completely over sea. If that is the case,
use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the land procedures from
Chapter 3 to produce a second template. Combine the land and the sea template using the
convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template and the sea template; then connect
the outer points of the 2 templates and prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.
0706.
1.
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
d. CBRN CDM.
2.
If a valid CBRN CDM is not available, Figure 7 - 1 may be used to determine the air stability
category, which is the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area distance.
3.
This distance is determined from Figure 7 - 1 and Figure 7 - 2. When using the simplified
procedure, use the downwind hazard area distances related to miosis.
4.
The numbers 1 through 7 in the above graph refers to the seven stability categories as
described in Chapter 2.
0707.
1.
The following represents downwind hazard area distance (nautical miles) at sea:
7-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
1
<1
4
4
<1
2
4
2
<1
4
6
<1
4
6
<1
2
4
4
<1
8
10
<1
6
10
<1
6
8
<1
4
6
<1
4
6
<1
4
4
5
<1
8
12
<1
8
12
<1
6
10
<1
6
8
<1
4
8
<1
4
6
6
2
10
12
2
10
14
7
2
8
12
DOSE
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
STABILITY
WIND
5 9
KTS
WIND
10 14
KTS
1
2
12
16
2
10
16
WIND
15 19
KTS
WIND
20 24
KTS
WIND
25 29
KTS
WIND
30 34
KTS
2
2
16
22
2
14
20
2
10
16
3
2
20
30
2
20
28
2
16
22
2
12
18
2
10
16
2
10
14
4
4
26
36
2
26
38
2
20
30
2
18
26
2
14
22
2
12
20
5
4
28
38
4
30
44
2
26
38
2
22
34
2
20
30
2
18
28
6
4
26
34
4
32
42
7
4
20
26
DOSE
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
LCt50
ICt5
MIOSIS
The maximum downwind hazard area distance is then marked on the downwind axis. Through
this point a line is drawn perpendicular to the downwind axis, to intersect the tangents. (Figure
7 - 2).
d. When, in the CBRN CDM, light winds are reported (wind speeds of 5 knots or less), the
hazard area is represented by a circle concentric to the release area, with a radius equal to 15
NM.
0708.
The detailed procedure is based upon the information compiled in the "Chemical Prediction
1.
Data Sheet" (CPDS) and CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. The CPDS (See Table 7 - 3) must be
filled in immediately on receipt of a new and updated CBRN CDM, and checked on the receipt of a
CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM, containing meteorological information in set YANKEE and ZULU.
7-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Y
070
12
18
6
4
16
60
RAIN
6
1
20
2.
The delineation of the hazard area resulting from an attack with chemical agents requires
information on:
a. The chemical agent and means of delivery.
b. Location of the release area as reported in CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM.
c.
d. Maximum downwind hazard area distance(s) related to the appropriate hazard level(s) (LCt50
and/or ICt5 and/or miosis). (Taken from Table 7 - 1 or 7 - 2).
e. Half-sector angle of the hazard area:
(1) 35 degrees for wind speeds higher than 5 knots, but less than 10 knots,
(2) 20 degrees for wind speeds of 10 knots and more.
7-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3.
For wind speeds equal to 5 knots or less, the hazard area will be circular with radius equal to
the downwind hazard area distance for 5 knots wind speed. However, the radius should not exceed 15
NM.
0709.
To plot the chemical downwind hazard area on a sea chart or on General Operations Plot, the
1.
above information is used in the following way: (See Figure 7 - 3).
a. Plot the location of the release area. If the exact location (centre of the attack) is known, draw
a circle around this point with a radius of 0.5 NM. If only a dissemination area is reported,
determine the centre point of this area and draw a circle around this point, using a radius of
0.5 NM. If the size of the release area is known to be larger, the radius must be adjusted
accordingly.
b. From the centre of the release area circle draw a line, representing the downwind direction.
c.
Draw two lines which, being tangents to the circle, form an angle equal to the half sector angle
on either side of the downwind direction (downwind axis).
d. Label the point on the downwind direction line (downwind axis), thus marking the extend of the
downwind hazard area distance(s) for the relevant level(s) of hazard (LCt50 and/or ICt5 and/or
miosis) and draw a line through this (these) point(s), perpendicular to the downwind axis and
intersecting the two tangents. The downwind hazard area(s) is (are) contained within this
(these) line(s), the tangents and the upwind arc of the release area circle.
2.
When low wind speeds are reported in the CBRN CDM, (wind speed 5 knots or less), draw a
circle concentric to the release area circle, using the relevant downwind hazard area distance as the
radius.
0710.
If the meteorological conditions change within the period of duration of the hazard, the
1.
predicted hazard area must be adjusted only if:
a. The stability category changes from one category to another; and/or
b. The wind speed changes by more than 5 knots or from 5 knots or less to more than 5 knots
and vice versa; or
c.
2.
The hazard area is then determined as follows: Calculate the downwind distance that the
agent cloud may have travelled at the time the change in the meteorological conditions occurred, by
using the downwind speed. Consider this point to be the centre point of a "new" release area, and
draw a circle around it with a radius equal to half the width of the hazard area at that point. From there
on, repeat the steps beginning with the procedure prescribed in paragraph 0709.1.b. The distance that
the agent cloud may already have travelled must be subtracted from the maximum downwind hazard
area distance under the new weather conditions (Figure 7 - 6).
0711.
When a cloud from a chemical agent crosses the coast line from sea to land or vice versa,
1.
consider the point where the downwind direction line (downwind axis) intersects the coast line to be
the centre point of a "new" release area, and follow the procedure described in paragraph 0710.2
above, using the appropriate tables for sea and land to determine the downwind hazard area
7-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
distances. When frequent changes occur, use the land procedure when working manually (Chapter
3).
2.
In the case of air contaminating attacks, the beginning and the end of the hazard at a given
point may be determined from:
a. The downwind speed;
b. The distance of the location from the edge of the release area;
c.
time in minutes from the beginning of the attack to the beginning of the hazard.
dA =
distance between the location and the downwind leading edge of the dissemination
area (in NM).
dB =
distance between the location and the downwind trailing edge of the dissemination
area (in NM).
VZ =
wind speed in knots. If necessary, the wind speed must be determined as the mean
wind speed over several periods of validity of the CBRN CDM.
tE =
time in minutes from the end of the attack to the end of the hazard.
Example
Given: dA = 5 NM, VZ = 10 knots.
Using the formulas,
tB and tE are calculated as follows:
tB = (5 NM x 40) / 10 knots = 20 minutes, and
tE = (6 NM x 120) / 10 knots = 72 minutes
3.
The expected maximum duration of the air-contaminating hazard (i.e.; when the calculated
hazard is expected to be completely clear) may be obtained by using the maximum downwind hazard
area distance as dA, and calculating tE from the formulas in sub-paragraph d. above.
4.
The CBRN defence agency (CBRN Collection Centre/CBRN Sub Collection Centre) must
continuously check the CBRN 3 CHEM messages issued in order to ensure that any new information
(meteorological or CBRN) is considered. If necessary, a corrected CBRN 3 CHEM message must be
transmitted.
7-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 1 CHEM
BRAVO/4133N00318E/-//
DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/4133N00318E /AA//
GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
BRAVO/4130N00318E/359DGG//
DELTA/250916ZAUG2010//
GOLF/-/-/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
CBRN 1 CHEM
CBRN 2 CHEM
BRAVO/4134N00314E/118DGG//
DELTA/250915ZAUG2010//
GOLF/-/-/-/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
ALFA/DEU/TG300/003/C//
DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010//
FOXTROT/4133N00318E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
YANKEE/030DGT/058KPH//
ZULU/4/25C/-/-/0//
Hazard Area
N
Release Area
DOWNWIND DIR. = 030 DGT
411148N0092348E
DHD = 28 km
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
CBRNCDM
AREAM/NFEB4//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/160/025/4/22/5/-/0//
XRAYM/160/030/4/21/5/-/0//
YANKEEM/160/025/4/20/5/-/0//
ZULUM/160530ZJUL2010/160600ZJUL2010/161200ZJUL2010//
CBRN 2 CHEM
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C//
DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010//
FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C//
DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010//
FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1NM/-/2NM/-//
PAPAX/100600ZJUL2010/554234N0104444E/
554327N0104554E/554308N0104752E/554114N0
105041E/554001N0104444E/
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/THIS CBRN 3 HAS BEEN
CALCULATED FOR THE ICT5 LEVEL//
554001N0104444E
Release Area
554230N0104630E
554327N0104554E
DHD = 2 NM
554234N0104444E
Figure 7 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 10 knots or more
7 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
CBRNCDM
AREAM/NFEB3//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0//
XRAYM/075/005/3/20/5/-/0//
YANKEEM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0//
ZULUM/150530ZJUN2010/150600ZJUN2010/151200ZJUN2010//
CBRN 2 CHEM
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/150655ZJUN2010/150656ZJUN2010//
FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/2/BOM/6//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
YANKEE/O70DGT/010KPH//
ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0//
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/150655ZJUN2010//
FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/01NM/-/008NM/-//
PAPAX/150600ZJUN2010/541000N0113000E //
YANKEE/070DGT/010KPH//
ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD
MIOSIS//
Release Area
DHD = 8 NM
Figure 7 - 5. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 5 knots or less or variable
7 - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example:
CBRN CDM
AREAM/NFEB4//
UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C//
WHISKEYM/040/010/4/12/7/5/2//
XRAYM/090/009/4/14/7/5/2//
YANKEEM/120/008/4/15/7/5/2//
ZULUM/250830ZOCT2010/250900ZOCT2010/251500ZOCT2010//
CBRN 2 CHEM
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/251215ZOCT2010//
FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA
//
GOLF/OBS/AIR/3/BOM/3//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
TANGO/SEA/-//
YANKEE/O90DGT/009KTS//
ZULU/4/14C/-/-/2//
ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C//
DELTA/251215ZOCT2010//
FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA//
INDIA/SURF/GB/NP/-/-//
MIKER/-/-//
PAPAA/1NM/-/16NM/-//
PAPAX/251300ZOCT2010/554100N0103406E/554124N010343
0E/ 554306N0103942E/554518N0104624E/554518N0110936E/
552724N0105136E/553854N0103942E/554036N0103430E//
YANKEE/090DGT/009KTS//
ZULU/4/14C/7/5/2//
GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD ICT5//
554518N0104624E
554306N0103942E
554124N0103430E
554100N0103406E
DA = 6.75
554036N0103430E
553854N0103942E
Release Area
Se
co
nd
S
DH econd
D=
D
16 ownw
ind
NM
Dir
D
A = . = 12
0D
9.2
GT
5N
M
552724N0105136E
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
General
When a nuclear explosion is reported, the ship should immediately gather the necessary
1.
information to be able to plot the potential hazard area.
0713.
Winds in the atmosphere vary considerably with height, both in direction and speed, and have
1.
a major influence on the distribution of radioactive fallout from a nuclear cloud.
2.
The worst contamination will fall to the surface along a path represented by the average wind
between the surface and the middle of the nuclear cloud.
3.
Based upon meteorological information on the wind conditions in the air space between the
surface and the height of the nuclear cloud, CBRN Collection Centres will compute the average
direction and speed of the radioactive particles' path from the nuclear cloud to the surface.
4.
The results of this computation make the fallout prediction, expressed in the terms of effective
downwind direction and wind speed. This direction is also known as the fallout axis.
5.
The surface wind will usually be considerably different from the effective downwind, both in
direction and speed, and the surface wind should never be used to estimate the drift of fallout.
0714.
To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in ships, while preserving a
1.
reasonable accuracy, a "Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's Fallout Template" is shown in Figure
7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant ships. The table containing cloud radii and
safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in naval ships only and correspond to the
yields illustrated in Figure 6 - 1.
0715.
Fallout Plotting
When a nuclear explosion is reported in a CBRN 3 NUC message, the ship should
1.
immediately plot the fallout area, using the information contained in the message.
2.
The transparent Ship's Fallout Template is used, and the plotting should be made in the
following order:
a. Look up fourth and fifth field of set PAPAB (left and right radial line of the fallout area) and
calculate the bisector. This line is the equivalent to the downwind direction. Draw the grid north
(GN) line from the centre of the inverted compass rose through the number of degrees on the
compass rose equal to the above-calculated downwind direction.
b. Using the scale of the chart on which the plot is to be used and with GZ as centre and the
downwind distance of Zone I (set PAPAB, field two) as radius, draw an arc between the two
radial lines printed on the template on each side of the downwind axis.
c.
Using double the distance of Zone I as radius, draw another arc, representing the Zone II
downwind distance.
d. Using the chart scale with GZ as centre, draw a semicircle upwind, the radius of the circle
being the radius given in the CBRN 3 NUC, (set PAPAB, field three). The previously plotted
semi circles may be helpful.
7 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
e. From the intersections of the Zone I arc with the two radial lines, draw lines to the ends of the
cloud radius semi circle.
f.
Determine the area in which fallout deposition is predicted to occur at any given time after the
detonation:
(1) Multiply the effective downwind speed (from CBRN 3 NUC, set PAPAB, first field) by the
time after burst (in hours), the result being a distance in nautical miles.
(2) To and from this distance add and subtract a safety distance of 15 nautical miles to allow
for finite cloud size, diffusion and wind fluctuations. The result is two distances.
(3) With GZ as centre and the two distances obtained in (2) as radii, draw arcs across the
plotted fallout area.
(4) The area enclosed between the two arcs will contain, in most cases, the area of deposition
of fallout at this particular time after the burst. (See the worked example in paragraph
0716).
0716.
Example
Given:
CBRN 3 NUC
ALFA/GBR/CBRNC/09-001/N//
DELTA/091715ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROT/PLYMOUTH/AA//
HOTEL/SURF//
PAPAB/018KTS/040NM/05NM/275DGT/315DGT//
Problem:
Determine the predicted fallout area and the area within which fallout is predicted to deposit at
the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.
Solution:
See Figure 7 - 8.
-
Calculate the downwind direction 295 degrees as bisector from left and right radial line
from set PAPAB, fourth and fifth field. Draw the GN line from GZ through 295 degrees of
the inverted compass rose on the template.
From set PAPAB, the downwind distance of Zone I is 040 nautical miles. Therefore the
Zone II downwind distance is 2 x 40 = 80 nautical miles. Using the appropriate chart scale,
with GZ as centre and 40 and 80 nautical miles as radii, draw arcs between the two radial
lines.
From set PAPAB, third field, the cloud radius is 5 nautical miles. With GZ as centre and 5
nautical miles as radius draw the cloud radius semicircle upwind of GZ. The pre-printed
semi circles may be helpful.
7 - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Connect the ends of the cloud radius semi circles with the intersection of the left and right
radial lines and the Zone I arc.
091845Z is 1 hours after the burst. From set PAPAB, first field, obtain the speed of the
effective downwind, i.e. 018 knots.
018 knots * 1 h = 27 nautical miles.
The safety distance is always 15 nautical miles.
27 + 15 = 42 nautical miles, and
27 - 15 = 12 nautical miles.
With GZ as centre and 42 and 12 nautical miles as radii draw arcs across the fallout
pattern. The area enclosed by the two arcs and the contour of the pattern is the area
within which fallout is predicted to deposit at the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.
7 - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Chemical, biological, radiological and fallout contamination from nuclear explosions (hereafter
1.
collectively referred to as contamination) on sea and land targets, particularly from the latter, may
affect large areas of adjacent waters.
2.
The areas affected will depend upon the prevailing wind conditions, and any ship close to or
approaching these areas will be in danger. It is therefore essential that shipping should be warned of
the fallout hazards and contamination in order that defensive measures may be taken and course may
be altered to avoid the dangerous areas.
0718.
1.
The MERWARN message, which is not reflected in the APP-11, is a simplified approach for
broadcasting warnings of CBRN hazards, endangering merchant shipping. These warnings will
originate from naval authorities using the preformatted messages:
a. MERWARN CHEM. The MERWARN CHEM is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted chemical contamination and hazard area.
b. MERWARN BIO. The MERWARN BIO is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted
biological hazard area.
c.
MERWARN RAD. The MERWARN RAD is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted
radiological contamination and hazard area.
d. MERWARN NUC. The MERWARN NUC will be issued after a nuclear attack and gives fallout
data for a specific nuclear explosion or series of explosions, which will be identified in the
message.
e. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER. This is a general diversion order, based upon the fallout
threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently are passed evasive routing
instructions of a general nature.
2.
In some cases it may be better to provide warning of contamination by means of general plain
language messages rather than by the formats above.
0719.
All MERWARN CBRN messages should be given the precedence FLASH (Z) to ensure rapid
1.
handling on any military circuit between the originating authority and the appropriate navigation
service. This precedence should not be used where the rules for the use of the International Safety
Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) apply.
0721.
Method of Promulgation
MERWARN CBRN messages will be transmitted by ADP systems or in plain language, using
1.
GMT, preceded by the International Safety Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) from the
7 - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
World Wide Navigation Service. Thus masters need not concern themselves with the identity of the
MERWARN originators, but only with the sea areas covered by each message.
0722.
MERWARN CHEM
1.
MERWARN CHEM, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted chemical contamination and hazard area. MERWARN CHEM reports are issued as soon as
possible after a chemical substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable
the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for
MERWARN CHEM:
MERWARN CHEM (Message identifier)
ALFA:
DELTA:
FOXTROT:
INDIA:
PAPAA:
2.
MERWARN CHEM, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN CHEM standard format may
not always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
nature, indicating areas affected and expected movement of the hazard.
Example 1
MERWARN CHEM
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-//
GENTEXT/PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017
KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010//
Example 2
MERWARN CHEM
ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS
THIS IS XXX (Call sign)
TIME 150630ZFEB2010
BREAK PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO
HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017
KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE
AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT
7 - 20
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0723.
MERWARN BIO
1.
MERWARN BIO, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted biological hazard area. MERWARN BIO reports are issued as soon as possible after a
biological substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable the master of a
ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for MERWARN BIO:
MERWARN BIO (Message identifier)
ALFA:
DELTA:
FOXTROT:
INDIA:
PAPAA:
MERWARN RAD
1.
MERWARN RAD, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a
predicted radiological contamination and hazard area. MERWARN RAD reports are issued as soon as
possible after a radiological material release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable
the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for
MERWARN RAD:
7 - 21
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
MERCHANT NUC
1.
MERWARN NUC, ADP Format. MERWARN NUC messages are issued as soon as possible
after the attack producing fallout, and gives fallout data for a specific explosion or series of explosions,
which will be identified in the message. The MERWARN NUC will then be transmitted at six hour
intervals (to the nearest hour) thereafter, for as long as the fallout danger exists. They contain
information, which enables the master of a ship to plot the danger area. As a minimum the
MERWARN NUC should contain the following information, which is also represented within the CBRN
message system by the sets ALFA, DELTA, FOXTROT and PAPAX:
ALFA:
DELTA:
FOXTROT:
HOTEL:
PAPAX:
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example
MERWARN NUC (ADP version)
Common MSG heading followed by:
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/140608ZMAR2010//
FOXTROT/556900N0091400E /AA//
HOTEL/SURF//
PAPAX/140600ZMAR2010/556900N0091400E//
2.
MERWARN NUC, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN NUC standard format may not
be suitable after a multiple nuclear attack, which produces fallout from several bursts in a large or
complex target area. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general
nature, indicating area affected and expected movement of the fallout.
Example 1
MERWARN NUC
ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N//
DELTA/140608ZMAR2010//
GENTEXT/ Fallout extends from Glasgow area to eastern Ireland at 021405Z and is spreading
westwards with 12 Knots. Irish Sea is likely to be affected within an area of 60 nautical miles of
the British coast.
Example 2
MERWARN NUC
ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS
THIS IS XXX (Call sign)
TIME 140608ZMAR2010
BREAK FALLOUT EXTENDS FROM GLASGOW AREA TO EASTERN IRELAND AT 021405Z
AND IS SPREADING WESTWARDS WITH 12 KNOTS. IRISH SEA IS LIKELY TO BE
AFFECTED WITHIN AN AREA OF 60 NAUTICAL MILES OF THE BRITISH COAST BREAK
THIS IS XXX OUT
0726.
In addition to the origination of MERWARN CHEM, BIO, RAD and NUC messages, naval
1.
authorities may, if circumstances dictate, broadcast general diversion orders, based upon the fallout
threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently will be passed evasive routing instructions
of a more general nature, using the standard Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) identifier MERWARN
DIVERSION ORDER.
MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER
ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS
THIS IS XXX (Call sign)
TIME 140608ZMAR2010
BREAK ENGLISH CHANNEL CLOSED. ALL SHIPPING IN NORTH SEA TO REMAIN
NORTH OF 052 DEGREES N UNTIL 031500ZSEP2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT
0727.
Other Warnings
ATP-2, VOL II, gives instructions for the display of signals by ships that have received a
1.
MERWARN NUC message, which affects their area. Ships arriving from sea but remaining beyond
7 - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
visual/aural range of shore stations should continue to keep radio watch in order to receive
MERWARN Messages.
7 - 24
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 8
FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING (STRIKWARN) AND
MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT (MIR)
Aim
The aim of this chapter is to provide guidance and direction for NATO forces who will require
1.
warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile.
0802.
Requirement
The requirement for a standard warning message and for delineation of warning and reporting
1.
responsibilities is essential to ensure that the timely warning of friendly nuclear strikes is provided. This
is done so that personnel and units may take relevant measures to protect themselves and their
equipment and be prepared to exploit the weapons effects.
8-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Coordinating Commander
Responsibility for issuing a warning rests with the coordinating commander. The coordinating
1.
commander is the regional commander who coordinates the activities of nuclear delivery and
supporting units.
0804.
Commanders authorization
Commanders authorized to release nuclear strikes will ensure that strikes affecting the safety
1.
of adjacent or other commands are coordinated with those commands. Commanders must allow
sufficient time to permit dissemination of warnings to personnel, the taking of protective measures, and
preparation to exploit the effects of the weapons. Points at issue must be submitted to the next higher
commander for resolution and decision.
0805.
Warning Dissemination
1.
2.
Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as
to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the target.
3.
Only information that is of direct interest to the units affected will be disseminated.
0806.
Warning of impending strikes (See Section III for example message) will be initiated no earlier
1.
than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of communications chosen by the
staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel are warned.
0807.
Other Warning
Dazzle warnings are to be passed to all region flying squadrons. For dazzle warnings, only
1.
lines ALFAW, DELTAW, FOXONEW [Designated Ground Zero (DGZ(s) only], and INDIAW are sent.
0808.
Message Characteristics
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
3.
Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational
value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE would be appropriate. However, due to the nature of the
STRIKWARN message, higher levels of precedence may be considered. The principle is to transmit
the message with precedence adequate to ensure timely warning of all personnel likely to be affected
by the strike.
4.
Units of Measurement. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates and,
distance (UTM grid, and metres). Organizations (e.g., naval) who use different SI units will be
responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates. They will also be responsible
for providing warning messages to all units who may be affected by their weapons. Units different from
those used in this publication are not permitted.
5.
Position Referencing. When using the STRIKWARN APP-11 message text format, locations
must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard Universal
Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must
provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause confusion.
6.
0809.
When strikes are cancelled, units previously warned will be notified in clear by the most
1.
expeditious means in the following format. The message will be authenticated. For multiple strikes, all
strikes have to be cancelled before disseminating cancellation messages. Include the following
information:
a. Target Number or Nickname.
b. CANCELLED.
0810.
Reporting STRIKWARN
Table 8 - 1. CBRN STRIKWARN
CBRN STRIKWARN
Description
ALFAW
DELTAW
FOXONEW
FOXTWOW
HOTELW
INDIAW
AKNLDG
0811.
Cond.
Example
M
M
ALFAW/THUNDER//
DELTAW/031400ZAPR2010/031405Z
APR2010//
FOXONEW/012/31UES087844//
FOXTWOW/016/31UES087844//
HOTELW/1//
O
M
O
O
M
AKNLDG/-//
CBRN 3 Reports
When line HOTELW of the STRIKWARN indicates a surface or subsurface burst, a CBRN 3
1.
NUC Message will be transmitted as soon as possible after the STRIKWARN. The development and
transmission of this message is the responsibility of the coordinating commander when analysis
indicates that fallout could affect friendly units. Refer to the nuclear chapter for all hazard prediction
and warning and reporting procedures upon the occurrence of the nuclear explosion.
8-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Example of STRIKWARNs
8-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
8-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
There are two categories of friendly forces warning and protection levels assumed in nuclear
1.
weapons employment planning. Those categories are (1) unwarned and exposed and (2) warned and
protected.
a. Unwarned Exposed. Personnel are standing in the open at time of burst but are assumed to
have dropped to a prone position by the time the blast wave arrives. They may have a small
percentage of their bare skin exposed to direct thermal radiation and may suffer temporary
loss of vision. This category also applies to civilian personnel in open areas.
b. Warned Protected. Personnel have some protection against heat, blast and radiation.
Adequate protection includes personnel in tanks, armoured personnel carriers, fighting
positions (foxholes), weapons emplacements, and fortified or reinforced command posts and
shelters.
0814.
The closer a unit is to GZ, the greater are the precautions it must take. That is why there are
1.
two minimum safe distances (MSDs) in the STRIKWARN. Each MSD corresponds to a degree of
protection needed to remain in the area. Thus, if a unit cannot achieve the protection required, it must
exit that zone. Table 8 - 7 explains the relationship between MSD and protection.
Radius
MSD 1
MSD 2
More
than
MSD 2
Note 1.
The MSD is equivalent to the radius of safety (RS) for the yield, plus a buffer distance
(BD) related to the dispersion of the weapon system used. When surface bursts are used,
or an intended airburst has less than a 99 percent assurance of no militarily significant
fallout, the fallout hazard will be considered. Details will be transmitted in a subsequent
CBRN 3 NUC report if fallout will be a hazard to friendly units.
Note 2.
Commanders will be guided to safety criteria as stated in Joint Pub 3-12.2 (NATO),
Nuclear Weapons Employment Effects Data (or appropriate national manuals with the
same criteria) covered by STANAG 2111 and by national policies for EMP protection.
Note 3.
Note 4.
Higher risks may be accepted. However, negligible risk should not normally be exceeded
unless significant advantages will be gained. Negligible risk corresponds to the likelihood
that one percent of personnel at this radius and protection will experience blast, radiation,
8-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
or thermal injury that may cause short performance degradation and long-term combat
ineffectiveness.
Note 5.
Maximum protection for ground forces denotes that personnel are in closed down tanks
or sheltered in foxholes with overhead protection. Minimum protection for ground forces
denotes that personnel are prone on open ground with all skin areas covered and with an
overall thermal protection at least equal to that provided by a two-layer uniform.
Note 6.
0815.
When a unit receives a STRIKWARN message, the first action is to plot it on the tactical map.
1.
This identifies GZ or DGZ and how far the MSDs extend. The commander can then determine what
actions to take. Figure 8 - 1 shows a plotted STRIKWARN for a single burst.
C
MSD 2
MSD 1
8-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Nuclear weapons are often grouped as a weapon package to defeat a particular threat. It
1.
would be time consuming to send separate STRIKWARNs for every weapon in the package. For that
reason, multiple bursts are grouped as a package, and the outer limits of the MSDs plotted as a box.
The coordinates for the corners of the box are then transmitted.
0817.
MSD Box
Typically, tactical units will only receive the grid coordinates of the box ABCD in Figure 8 - 2.
1.
This represents the MSD corresponding to the STRIKWARN line used to transmit the coordinates.
STRIKWARNs for multiple bursts may also be given by multiple grid points for each MSD when the
MSDs do not form a simple box and friendly forces may be interspersed between designated GZ
locations. An example of such a plot is depicted in Figure 8 - 3.
0818.
MSD Polygons
When formatting a message text format for a STRIKWARN with multiple bursts and the MSD
1.
forms an area that is contained within up to 20 different grid coordinates, the field for the MSD distance
in the FOXONEW and FOXTWOW will contain -. This is necessary to ensure that automated
systems interpret the data correctly. Additionally, when the MSD is contained within that area, no MSD
distance is required.
0819.
Nuclear target planners will use their targeting procedures to establish appropriate MSDs
1.
included in STRIKWARN messages. The procedures below describe the typical methods used to
determine the areas depicted in MSD shapes that may occur as part of STRIKWARN. Procedures for
determining MSD area for multiple strikes (Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW) are as follows:
a. Determine MSD 1 and/or 2 for each burst and draw the MSD 1 and/or 2 circle around each
DGZ.
b. Draw tangents to the peripheral MSD circles to determine the corners of the box. These are
the minimum requirements to be transmitted in Line FOXTWOW. (Points A, B, C, and D
below).
c. When transmitting MSD box, the point(s) nearest friendly troops will be transmitted first.
Points will be connected in the sequence given. (Note: Lettering of points as shown in Figure
8 - 2 will NOT be transmitted in Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW.)
d. Normally, only the FOXTWOW line is transmitted if all forces are outside the box; however, if
FOXONEW is transmitted, FOXTWOW should be transmitted.
e. The minimum to be transmitted for a FOXTWOW line would be points A, B, C, and D.
f.
8-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
If the planned bursts within a multiple strike area are widely separated by time and/or distance,
1.
the coordinating commander may find it desirable if necessary to send more than one STRIKWARN
message to avoid unnecessary operational restrictions. Additional information required by subordinate
units must be requested; i.e., location of DGZs in their vicinity.
E
D
I
J
F
C
K
G
H
B
A
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
General
This section refers to the prediction of the hazard area after the intercept of a ballistic missile
1.
(defined as a release above 2 km) of a chemical agent as well as for radiological material releases
without nuclear detonation. Calculation tables are provided for releases only up to and including 30
km. Use of other hazard prediction systems will be required for higher altitudes. An example, that of a
liquid release from a missile intercept incident, is provided. This section may only be used for ballistic
missile intercepts. It describes a chemical agent liquid (or nuclear material) released at high altitude.
2.
0822.
A Missile Intercept Report (MIR) is created to report a high altitude release. The responsibility
1.
for issuing the missile intercept report rests with the authority conducting the missile intercept tasks.
0823.
MIR Distribution
1.
2.
Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as
to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the intercept point and
potential hazard area. It is expected that the MIR will not be issued to the lowest level. This will be
done by the use of a CBRN 3 which will be generated by the appropriate CBRN Cell on receipt of the
MIR.
0824.
Warnings
1.
Missile Intercept Report. Warning of the predicted location of the collateral impact from the
interception will be initiated by any means of communications.
0825.
Message Characteristics
1.
Classification. Unless the MIR contains operational information considered classified, all
messages should be unclassified.
2.
Precedence. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely
warning of all personnel likely to be affected by the missile interception.
0826.
1.
8 - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0827.
1.
Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template
given are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A precautionary approach has
been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume an appropriate level of caution until
confirmed by survey.
2.
Hazard prediction calculation and the production of CBRN 3 messages will be conducted as
soon as possible upon receipt of the CBRN MIR.
3.
Chemical Warhead. In the case of a chemical warhead interception, the warhead may be
destroyed and depending on the characteristics of the agent, a percentage will fall to the ground. The
release area is a 3 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the
interception point. The following table provides the maximum probable extent for downwind hazard
area distances for persistent chemical agents.
Table 8 - 8. Downwind hazard area distance (km) in case of missile intercept
Height of intercept
(km)
Note
4.
0-54
>54-72
>72
2
12
18
18
4
17
20
24
6
19
24
27
8
22
26
10
24
27
12
24
14
26
16
26
18
26
20
22
24
26
28
30
If a dash appears in the table no ground contamination is expected.
Nuclear missile warhead interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on
the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the Intercept Point (IP).
b.
Missile intercepted but nuclear warhead not destroyed. In this situation there are two possible
cases:
(1) Without nuclear detonation: Assume a radiological point source hazard. Until the exact
location of the radiological source is identified plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of
the earth vertically below the centre of the IP.
(2) With nuclear detonation: Follow the nuclear chapter procedures.
0828.
1.
Detailed Procedure. For the specific high altitude release sub-case of missile intercept
hazard area prediction, detailed procedures require the following information: the heading of the
8 - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
missile relative to True North (BRAVOK), Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End
(DELTA), the location of the IP, altitude of the intercept and location of the PTP (FOXTROTK), the
predicted Payload and Efficiency of kill (GOLFK), the type of agent (INDIA), the meteorological
information given in BWR messages. A downwind hazard vector plot must be prepared each time new
meteorological data is received. A polygonal shape comprising the predicted hazard area is
determined from a graphically computed wind vector (See template.)
Example
Chemical Warhead
Voice format
MIR
BK 1500/317 Degrees
D 211200ZSEP2010
FK 31UFT412757/4000
Metres/31UFT383788
G Suspected /missile/1/bulk warhead
GK SCUD/-/Not known
I Air/ VX / Persistant
MTF Format
MSGID/CBRN MIR/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC
/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED//
BRAVOK/1500/317DGT//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROTK/31UFT412757/4000M/31UFT383788//
JTFZ
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
GOLFK/SCUD/-/-//
INDIA/AIR/VX/P/-/-//
2.
For missile intercepts above 18 km no ground contamination is expected. The procedure to
determine the hazard area as a consequence of a missile intercept 18 km and below is described as
follows:
a. Determine the intercept point (noted as IP in the diagram below), plot it on the map and draw
a circle around it with a 3 km radius. (Intercept point: MIR Set FOXTROTK Field 1)
IP
Figure 8 - 4. Example plot of Intercept Point
b. Determine the predicted target point (noted as PTP): This is Set FOXTROTK field 3 from MIR.
Draw a straight line through the intercept point in the flight direction of the missile (Set
BRAVOK field 2)
8 - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
PTP
TN
IP
Determine the effective wind direction based on the BWR and the downwind hazard area
distance for the reported intercept altitude by use of the following procedures: First, from set
FOXTROTK Field 2, find the height of intercept. Second, from BWR create a wind vector plot
to determine the effective downwind direction for all the layers up to the intercept point. Third,
from Table 8 - 8, determine the maximum downwind distance. The downwind hazard area
distance should be taken from the column that corresponds to the maximum wind speed in
any of the layers in BWR up to the intercept point.
d. Draw a line from the intercept point in the downwind direction, with length as found from Table
8 - 8.
1
PTP
TN
Downwind direction 90
IP
8 - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(1) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind
direction
(2) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the
intercept location equal to 6 km (2 X 3 km radius circle).
(3) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular
line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle
(4) Connect the fan to the PTP as shown. The predicted missile intercept hazard area is
constructed as shown in Figure 8-7.
PTP
Hazard Area
TN
IP
r = 3 km
30
Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, RECCE teams should be
tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated area is
defined, proceed as described in the chemical chapter.
Example
CBRN 3 CHEM
ALFA/NLD/A234/010/C//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROT/31UFT412757//
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
INDIA/4000M/VX/P/-/-//
PAPAA/3KM/-/17KM/-//
PAPAX/211200ZDEC2010/31UFT409757/31UFT383788/31UFT429770
/31UFT429743/31UFT411755//
8 - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0829.
Sample message
Nuclear Warhead
Voice format
MIR
BK 1500 Meters pr. Sec./350 Degrees
D 211200ZSEP2010
FK 31UFT412757/18000M/31UFT383718
G Suspected/missile/ nuclear warhead
GK Not known/ - / Not known
IR Not known / Not known / Not known / Not
known
MTF Format
MSGID/CBRN MIR/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC JTFZ
/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED//
BRAVOK/1500MPS/350DGT//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROTK/31UFT412757/18000M/31UFT383718//
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/NWH/1//
GOLFK/NKN/-/NKN//
INDIAR/NKN/NKN/NKN/NKN//
a. The following procedure applies in the above sample message: Nuclear missile warhead
interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of the earth
vertically below the centre of the IP.
Release/Hazard Area
r = 6 km
IP
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
b.
Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, specialist RECCE teams
should be tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated
area is defined, proceed as described in the radiation chapter to update the hazard area.
0830.
1.
The MIR will contain the following sets M mandatory and O operationally determined sets:
Table 8 - 9. CBRN MIR - Example
CBRN MIR
Description
Cond.
ALFA
BRAVOK
DELTA
FOXTROTK
O
M
M
M
ALFA/UK/A234/001/C//
BRAVOK/1500/350DGT//
DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-//
FOXTROTK/31UFT412757/4000M/31
UFT383788//
O
M
M
GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN//
GOLFK/SCUD/-/-//
INDIA/AIR/VX/P/-/-//
GOLF
GOLFK
INDIA
GENTEXT
Example
8 - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CHAPTER 9
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RELEASE WARNING TO FRIENDLY FORCES
(HAZWARN)
Aim
The aim of this chapter is to provide NATO forces with a standardized procedure, for
1.
transmitting advanced hazard warning of the possibility of a significant CBRN release. Advance
warning of hazards from possible future CBRN release covered by this chapter include releases that
are both friendly and adversary induced.
2.
Friendly induced. Friendly induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result,
either directly or indirectly, of friendly attack or counter-force operations.
3.
Adversary induced. Adversary induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result
of adversary actions within areas under their control or subject to their attack.
4.
has the potential to permanently and adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected
and unwarned populations; or
b.
may affect areas larger than those addressed by minimum safe distances (MSDs) as they
relate to munitions target interaction and safety distances to unprotected personnel; or
c.
for air or ground hazards extend farther downwind than those same munitions-related
preclusion distances for unprotected personnel; or
d.
the immediate dangerous levels of ground contamination within the MSD area is likely to
cause immediate, permanent injury to unprotected personnel.
9-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Estimates of release consequences are made as part of the operations planning process and
1.
are transmitted using the CBRN HAZWARN report message formats with the CBRN incident identifier,
WARN to signify pre-incident warnings. After CBRN releases occur, hazard estimates, monitoring,
warning and reporting continue to be addressed using the CBRN message formats for that particular
hazard (CHEM, BIO, RAD and/or NUC).
2.
Storage of CBRN weapons and agents includes large CBRN ammunition stockpiles, multiple
CBRN bulk storage containers. TIM includes massed storage and/or production facilities. Estimates of
the predicted release and hazard areas will be transmitted using the HAZWARN report and will contain
the applicable sets therefore characterizing the nature of the expected substance release. A
HAZWARN report provides a baseline hazard estimate for dissemination to forces as the warning
message. More sophisticated studies and site specific analyses may allow the planning commander to
provide subordinate forces with more detailed hazard estimates that will supplement the HAZWARN
report. The more detailed estimates should characterize both the immediate release and downwind
hazard areas over time after the releases until the releases are no longer of operational consequence.
This is done so that personnel and units may take necessary, time-varying measures, as
recommended by the warning-originating headquarters, to protect themselves and their equipment.
3.
Following the actual release, the pre-release estimates are validated and updated by using
updated weather, the assessed release information (appropriate CBRN 2 message), provided updated
hazard warning estimation (appropriate CBRN 3 message) and reconnaissance/detection information
(appropriate CBRN 4/5/6 message).
0903.
1.
Hazard Estimation:
a. Friendly induced release incidents. In the targeting process, commanders and their staffs
assess the capabilities of friendly forces to deny an adversary the use of CBRN agents and
weapons or selected TIMs in fixed facilities or on mobile transport. It is realized that friendly
actions against CBRN agent or TIM containing targets may or may not result in a CBRN
release.
b. CBRN message formats will be used. A HAZWARN message will be used to provide details of
an expected release. A HAZWARN message is appropriate when, as part of operations
planning, a significant CBRN agent or TIM release is likely to occur.
c. Adversary induced release incidents. During the friendly force planning process, intelligence
preparation of the battle space assesses all threats. Threats considered include geographically
focused assessments of region and country-specific CBRN weapons and CBRN weapons
infrastructures, TIM facilities and stockpiles. CBRN weapons assessments are considered
under the CBRN threat. CBRN non-weaponized material and TIM facilities are considered as
CBRN-related concerns as potentially hazardous to friendly forces. If the adversary is
assessed to be capable of and willing to initiate non-weaponized, CBRN agent or TIM releases
as part of operations, an assessment of the most likely and significant release locations and
consequences will be conducted. The highest geographic headquarters capable of conducting
the assessment will conduct assessment for dissemination as intelligence information. If the
planning headquarters determines that adversary-initiated hazards may permanently and
adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected and unwarned populations that
reasonably require friendly protection. Assessments will be disseminated to subordinates as
required.
9-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
2.
Warning Responsibilities. The commander coordinating an operation, during which friendly
or adversary actions are likely to release large quantities of CBRN or TIM, conducts risk analysis and
collateral damage assessments in the development of friendly courses of action. CBRN agent or TIM
release must be evaluated for potential effects on friendly forces or effects into designated damage or
weapons effects exclusion areas. Airborne contamination may extend further than conventional
damage and must be assessed as part of consequences of attack or counter-force operations.
0904.
Planning
Planning for the consequences of adversary-initiated releases of known TIM or CBRN agent
1.
stockpiles in an area also uses this method as a pre-release incident warning method. Both the
conditions and extent of the expected release are estimated by the commander and areas affected are
assessed for significance versus consequences of the planned actions. Releases that may be
operationally significant and immediately dangerous may use CBRN hazard methods as appropriate,
to provide an estimation of downwind warning and hazard areas. In assessing CBRN agent or TIM
releases, the commander also assesses the protection required for those forces or exclusion areas
within the expected release areas. Those actions resulting in large area downwind hazards extending
into hazard preclusion areas such as areas with unprotected friendly forces will cause initiation of a
hazard estimate and CBRN HAZWARN to appropriate friendly forces. Detection of actual
contamination will be reported by units using the appropriate CBRN 4 or 5 messages if they are
equipped with sensors capable of detecting the specific type of CBRN released.
0905.
1.
Determination of Headquarters, Units to be Warned of Expected Releases from Actions
on CBRN Storage and TIM Facilities. Commanders responsible for conducting operations involving
likely large area release of CBRN agents or TIMs, must generate an appropriate hazard estimate,
determine safety measures, protection required, and movement actions necessary by forces in the
determined hazard areas. Only information, which is of direct interest to the units concerned, will be
disseminated. The commander then informs:
a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the release.
b. Any other land, air, and naval headquarter/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely to
be affected by the release.
c. Next higher level of command when potentially affected units are not under the command of the
coordinating commander but are within the estimated hazard area.
0906.
Warning of impending friendly actions that may result in large areas of CBRN or TIM hazards
1.
will be initiated no earlier than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of
communications chosen by the staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel
are warned. As part of operational plans before releases occur, potentially affected units may be
directed to move or to take other passive protection means as necessary as risk reduction methods
that are not explicitly linked to a specific release possibility.
0907.
Other Warnings
In the event that the release is the result of friendly forces using a nuclear weapon,
1.
commanders must ensure that a STRIKWARN is disseminated. See Chapter 8 for guidance on the
procedures required to disseminate a STRIKWARN.
9-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
0908.
Message Characteristics
1.
Classifications. CBRN messages depicting warnings of CBRN or TIM releases due to
friendly actions should be classified with regard to current operational security instructions and speed
of dissemination. Messages will be sent in the clear when the coordinating commander determines
that safety warnings override security requirements. A warning message will normally not be sent in
clear earlier than necessary to provide units with sufficient time to prepare for, and take protection from
the CBRN agent or TIM release.
2.
Use of Codes. Only circuits and coding systems that meet NATO security criteria will be used.
If secure electronic means are not available, the message should be encrypted using manual
methods.
3.
Message Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence reflecting operational
value and timeliness. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely
warning of all personnel expected to be affected by the CBRN release. Normally IMMEDIATE would
be appropriate; however, due to the nature of a warning message, higher levels of precedence may be
considered.
4.
Units of Measure. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates, distance,
and speed (UTM grid, and meters). Organizations (e.g., naval) which use different units will be
responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates and for providing warning
messages to land forces when the effects of their weapons may be experienced by those land forces.
5.
Position Referencing. When using the HAZWARN APP-11 message text format, locations
must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard UTM grid
coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use
of differing systems may cause confusion.
0909.
Warning Cancellation
Cancellation of a CBRN HAZWARN message will be sent in clear to friendly forces previously
1.
warned, by the most expeditious means possible, when actions that could release CBRN agents or
TIM are cancelled.
0910.
Reporting HAZWARN
A CBRN HAZWARN provides details of the CBRN agent or TIM release. This message will be
1.
developed and transmitted by the coordinating commander when analysis indicates that a hazard
produced by the friendly or likely adversary actions could affect friendly units downwind. Explanation of
the details of the possible release, when not meeting existing CBRN message format legal entry
requirements such as the strike time window will be transmitted in the GENTEXT set.
2.
This example is for a HAZWARN dealing with a CHEM incident. This message can be used to
warn for hazards deriving from a BIO, RAD or NUC incident. This HAZWARN message should than be
filled in accordingly.
9-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
TANGO
XRAYB***
ZULU
GENTEXT
Description
Cond.
Example
M
M
ALFA/UK/A234/001/N//
DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//
M
O
M
FOXTROT/32UNB058640/EE//
GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1//
INDIA/SURF/NERV/P/-/-//
O
O
MIKER/-/-//
C
M
O
PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY//
PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/
32VNJ456280/32VNJ456119/
32VNJ576200/32VNJ566217/
32VNJ456280//
TANGO/URBAN/URBAN//
O
O
O
ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//
*
For HAZWARN purposes, the Date Time Group will represent the planned Incident Start
and Incident End time period.
**
For HAZWARN it is anticipated that Set PAPAX will only be required once, however, the Set
can be repeated up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding to the
time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the previous
hazard area.
*** Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours
9-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
INTENTIONNALY BLANK
9-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ANNEX A
CBRN OPERATIONAL SYMBOLS
A01. General. APP-6A Military Symbols for Land Based Systems provides for common operational
symbols along with details on its display and plotting to ensure the compatibility, and to the greatest
extent possible, the interoperability of NATO Land Component Command, Control, Communications,
Computer, and Intelligence (C4I) systems, development, operations, and training. APP-6A addresses
the use of a standard methodology for symbol hierarchy, information taxonomy, and symbol identifiers.
The standard applies to both automated and hand-drawn graphic displays. These symbols are
designed to enhance NATOs joint interoperability by providing a standard set of common C4I
symbols.
A02. Scope. The contents of this Annex are intended to provide the reader with illustrated
examples of those symbols, directly related to CBRN incidents and defence units, which can be
displayed for either automated map display systems or for manual map marking.
A03. Purpose of Symbols. The purpose of operational symbols is to convey information about
incidents, actions and units within the battlespace. APP-6A denotes two types of operational symbols:
icon-based symbols and tactical graphics:
a. Icon-based Symbol. An icon-based symbol is composed of a frame (geometric border), fill,
and icon, as shown in Figure A - 1.
(1) Frame. The frame is the geometric border of a symbol which, when displayed, provides
an indication of the affiliation, battle dimension, and status of an operational object. The
frame is the border of the symbol and does not include associated material inside or
outside of the border. Normally, the center of the frame is the location that the symbol
relates to. Alternatively, a direction indicator (graphic modifier) can be used to reduce
clutter or movement. When used to de-clutter, the units location is represented at the end
of the indicator. The frame serves as the base to which other symbol components and
modifiers are added. Though sometimes optional, in most cases a icon.
FRAME
COLOR FILL
(GEOMETRIC BORDER)
ICON
GE
AJ2455
DIRECTION INDICATOR
TEXT FIELDS
(GRAPHIC MODIFIER)
(TEXT MODIFIER)
A-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(2) Fill. The fill is the interior area within a symbol. If the fill is assigned a color, it provides an
enhanced presentation of information about the affiliation of the object. If colour is not
used, the fill is transparent.
(3) Icon. The icon is the innermost part of a symbol which, when displayed, provides an
abstract pictorial or alphanumeric representation of an operational object. The icon
portrays the role or mission performed by the object.
b. Tactical Graphics. Tactical graphics provide operational information that cannot be presented
via icon-based symbols alone. These graphics portray unit boundaries, special area
designations, and other unique markings related to battlespace geometry and necessary for
battlefield planning and management.
A04. Symbol Modifiers. A modifier is an optional text field or graphic indicator that provides
additional information about the associated symbol or tactical graphic, as shown in Figure A2.
CHEMICAL
BIOLOGICAL
INCIDENT
INCIDENT
W
CHEM
H
C
W
BIO
A
Y
H
A
Y
RADIOLOGICAL
NUCLEAR
INCIDENT
STRIKE
RAD
A
Y
B
W
V
T
H
A
Y
N
Q
A-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Field Type
Description
Text/
Graphic
Serial number
Text
Size Indicator
Text and
Graphic
Additional
Information
Text
Direction of
Movement
Indicator
Graphic
Unique
Designation
Text
Type of Equipment
Text
Date-Time Group
Text
Location
Text
A05. Symbol ID Code. A symbol ID code is an alphanumeric code that can be used to transfer the
information required to generate and display symbols and tactical graphics.
A06. Colors. Origination of incident and unit symbols, as well as details describing a hazard area,
can be further identified through the use of colour as outlining and/or fills.
a. Icon Based Symbols Fills
Amber
Blue
Green
Red
=
=
=
=
Unknown
Friendly
Neutral
Hostile
=
=
=
Chemical
Biological
Radiological / Nuclear
=
=
=
Chemical
Biological
Radiological / Nuclear
A-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
A07.
Reference
Example
Special Drawing
Instructions
Combat Support
CBRN
APP-6
Combat Support
Chemical
APP-6
Combat Support
Smoke
APP-6
Combat Support
Decontamination
APP-6
Combat Support
Smoke/Decontamination
APP-6
Combat Support
Smoke/ Decontamination
Armoured
APP-6
Combat Support
Biological
APP-6
D
See Paragraph A06.a
SD
See Paragraph A06.a
SD
A-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Symbols/Outlines
Reference
Example
Special Drawing
Instructions
Combat Support
Nuclear
APP-6
Combat Support
Chemical Reconnaissance
APP-6
DCN
APP-6
Alternate Decontamination
Site/Point (Unspecified)
APP-6
Decontamination Site/Point
(Troops)
APP-6
3T
Decontamination Site/Point
(Unspecified)
DCN
ALT
DCN
See Paragraph A06.a
DCN
E
APP-6
DCN
E/T
Alternate Decontamination
Site/Point (Operational)
APP-6
DCN
TH
Decontamination Site/Point
(Thorough)
APP-6
Decontamination Site/Point
(Equipment)
APP-6
Decontamination Site/Point
(Equipment and Troops)
DCN
TH
A-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Symbols/Outlines
Special Drawing
Instructions
Example
Reference
APP-6
HEIGHT
YIELD
DTG
ENY
HEIGHT
APP-6
YIELD
DTG
ENY
HEIGHT
APP-6
YIELD
DTG
APP-6
APP-6
Radioactive Area
APP-6
HEIGHT
Shown in Yellow
(if Available)
Biologically Contaminated
Area
APP-6
A-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Symbols/Outlines
Special Drawing
Instructions
Example
Reference
Chemically Contaminated
Area
APP-6
Shown in Yellow
(if Available)
DTG
FREE
TEXT
DTG
FREE
APP-6
TEXT
Downwind
Direction
APP-6
A-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
INTENTIONNALY BLANK
A-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ANNEX B
CONVERSION TABLE
Table B - 1. Conversion Table and Distance Conversion Factors
To
To convert
Multiply by
Kilometres
Miles
Kilometres
Miles
Miles
Nautical Miles
Nautical Miles
metres
feet
mph
mph
mph
mph
km/h
km/h
km/h
km/h
knots
knots
knots
knots
m/sec
m/sec
m/sec
m/sec
ft/sec
ft/sec
ft/sec
ft/sec
kilograms
pounds (lb)
gallons (US)
litres
Nautical Miles
Kilometres
Nautical Miles
Kilometres
Miles
feet
metres
km/h
knots
m/sec
ft/sec
mph
knots
m/sec
ft/sec
km/h
mph
m/sec
ft/sec
km/h
mph
knots
ft/sec
km/h
mph
knots
m/s
pounds (lb)
kilograms
litres
gallons (US)
0.62
B-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
0.54
1.61
0.87
1.85
1.15
3.28
0.30
1.61
0.87
0.45
1.47
0.62
0.54
0.28
0.91
1.85
1.15
0.51
1.69
3.60
2.24
1.94
3.28
1.10
0.68
0.59
0.30
2.20
0.45
3.79
0.26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Mils
17.78
35.55
53.33
71.11
88.89
106.67
124.44
142.22
160.00
177.78
266.67
355.55
444.44
533.33
622.22
711.11
800.00
888.89
977.78
1,066.67
Degrees
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
Mils
1,155.55
1,244.44
1,333.33
1,422.22
1,511.11
1,600.00
1,688.89
1,777.78
1,866.67
1,955.55
2,044.44
2,133.33
2,222.22
2,311.11
2,400.00
2,488.89
2,577.78
2,666.67
2,755.55
2,844.44
Degrees
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
200
205
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
B-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Mils
2,933.33
3,022.22
3,111.11
3,200.00
3,288.89
3,377.78
3,466.67
3,555.55
3,644.44
3,733.33
3,822.22
3,911.11
4,000.00
4,088.89
4,177.78
4,266.67
4,355.55
4,444.44
4,533.33
4,622.22
Degrees
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
360
Mils
4,711.11
4,800.00
4,888.89
4,977.78
5,066.67
5,155.55
5,244.44
5,333.33
5,422.22
5,511.11
5,600.00
5,688.89
5,777.78
5,866.67
5,955.55
6,044.44
6,133.33
6,222.22
6,311.11
6,400.00
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ANNEX C
CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION I - CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT
C01.
General
C01.1 This Annex provides explanations for the CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF), as published in
APP-11 (NATO Message Catalogue). This Annex is included in ATP-45 just for readability
purposes; the sole reference for NATO Text Messages is APP-11.
a. An ADP formatted CBRN message consists of segments, sets and fields. A segment is a
group of contiguous sets related by content. The general and common message headings
(Sets and Fields) are explained in paragraph C02. The CBRN 1 - 6 and CBRN SITREP
message heading (Sets and Fields) are explained from paragraph C03.
b. In the instructions the field contents are described by one of the following:
A = alphabetic upper case:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
B = blank
N = numeric:
0123456789
S = special characters:
.,-()?
a = alphabetic lower case:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
E = extended special characters:
!@#$%^&*=_+[]{}\"';<>~|
X = refers to A, B, N and S
Combinations of the codes exist in some fields.
In Field 2 of Set GENTEXT all characters except two consecutive slants are allowed.
Additionally the use of a colon double slant sequence :// is possible.
c. Fields must be filled with the number and type of characters, indicated in the legal entries.
However, some fields have variable length, which is indicated by giving a range for the
number of characters (e.g. 1-20AB).
d. Whenever a segment, set or field is repeatable, this is indicated by a preceding asterisk.
For programming purposes the limits of repeatability are specified, e.g. (*=3) indicates that
data can be entered up to 3 times.
e. If a repeatable segment is used, then all sets within that segment must be used each time
that segment is repeated. If a repeatable field is repeated, then all following fields in the set
must be repeated.
f.
Although an asterisk is indicated it should not be entered into the field when actually
filling it with characters.
g. A hyphen (-) may be inserted into a field when the data needed to complete a field is not
available or is being withheld. The hyphen can be used in a mandatory field.
.
h. In manual procedures all information under one set is put into one sentence. In ADP
systems the information is subdivided into fields.
i.
Certain fields will contain numeric values where the unit of measurement can be different e.g.
kilometres or nautical miles. In these fields the unit of measurement must follow the numerical
value.
C-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
j.
In STRIKWARN, the units of measurement are default values and are therefore excluded
from the fields.
k. All directional/angular measurements must be stated in either degrees (3N) or mils (4N)
(i.e. 40 degrees = 040, 18 mils = 0018).
l.
C02.
All sets or fields are either mandatory (M), operationally determined (O) or conditional (C) as
defined in C047.
General and Common Message Heading Sets and Fields Explanation
C02.1. The contents of these sets are common to all CBRN ADP messages. The General Message
Heading depends on regulations given by APP-11. It has to be followed by a Common CBRN
Message Heading, which is the set CBRN Type (CBRNTYPE).
C02.2. General Message Heading:
OccSet ID
(O) EXER
Exercise Identification
/- ///
|
(O) NICK: followed by Exercise Additional Nickname, 1 - 16 ABNS
|
(O) Exercise Additional Identifier (see APP-11), 4 - 16 AB
(M) Exercise Nickname, 1 - 56 ABNS
(O) OPER
Operation Code Word
/- /////
|
|
|
(O) Secondary Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS
|
|
(O) Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS
| (O) Plan Originator and Number, 5 - 36 ABNS
(M) Operation Code Word, 1 - 32 ABNS
(M) MSGID
Message Identifier
/- ////////////
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Message
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security Category, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 ABNS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Message Security
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Message Security
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification Extended,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 - 17 AB, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Message Security
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification, other 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 ABNS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Message Security Policy, 1 50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABNS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Serial Number of Qualifier, 1 - 3 N
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Qualifier (see APP-11), 3 A
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Reference Time of Publication:
|
|
|
|
|
Month Name abbreviated, 3 A, or
|
|
|
|
|
DateTime (ISO), 16 AN
|
|
|
|
(O) Message Serial Number, 1 - 7 ABNSE
|
|
|
(M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS
|
|
(M) Version of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS
|
(M) Standard of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS
(M) Message Text Format Identifier (see C023), 3 - 19 ABN
C-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(O) REF**
Reference(**=3)
///////-*
// (*= 3 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Signal Indicator Code (SIC) (see APP-3), 3 AN, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) FN: followed by Filing Number, 1 - 10 ABNSE
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Special Notation (see APP-11), 5 A
|
|
|
|
(O) Reference Serial Number, 1 30 ABNSE
|
|
|
Date and/or Time of Reference:
|
|
|
(M) Day-Time Group of Reference, 4 Digit Year, 14 AN or
|
|
|
(M) Day-Time of Reference, 7 AN, or
|
|
|
(M) Day-Time and Month of Reference, 10 AN, or
|
|
|
(M) Date of Reference, DDMMMYYYY, 9 AN, or
|
|
|
(M) DMY: followed by Date of Reference, DDMMYYYY, 8 N, or
|
|
|
(M) YMD: followed by Date of Reference, YYYYMMDD 8 N, or
|
|
|
(M) Month-Year, 7AN, or
|
|
|
(M) Date Time (ISO), 16AN
|
|
(M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS
|
Communication Type:
|
(M) Message Text Format Identifier (see APP-11), 3 19 ABN, or
|
(M) Type: followed by Communication Type (see APP-11), 3 A
(M) Serial Letter, 1 A
Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field
Set REF: Field 7 is repeatable to accommodate up to 3 data entries.
Set REF is repeatable three times
(C)
/-
GEODATUM
Geodetic Datum
///
(O) National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
(M) Geodetic Datum (see APP-11), 3-6 ABNS
Explanation of conditions.
Set GEODATUM is required when any geographic position occurs in the message.
(M) DTG
Date Time Group of Message/Report Created
///
(M) Date-Time-Group in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
C-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C03.1. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the
occurrence matrix is shown at C049 (see Table C - 4). The occurrence depends on which
message the set is to be used.
C03.2. The following represents decode of the Set Identification (Set ID) ALFA, which is used for the
Incident Serial Number (ISN). Each set includes the occurrence (Occ) and ID (Set ID). For
example:
OccSet ID
ALFA
Incident Serial Number (ISN)
//////
|
|
|
(M) Type of incident (C, B, R, N or U as explained below), 1A.
|
|
(M) Sequence Number, 1-10 X.
|
Code for Originating Unit,
I
(M) Code for Originator, 1-6 X, or
I
(M) UIC followed by Unit Identification Code, 7-9 X
Geographic Location
(M) ISO three letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 3 A, or
(M) Two letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 2 A, or
(M) ACC followed by code for the Area Control Centre, 3 A.
Field 1:
C-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
a. This field can only be used by an agency (Area Control Centre) responsible for an Area of
Observation in accordance with the definitions in the GLOSSARY. This can be a national or a
multinational Area Control Centre (ACC) as defined in NATO and national SOPs.
b. Field 1 will then contain a symbol for this ACC (e.g., the NATO abbreviation for that nation).
c.
When the qualifier is used it indicates that the message has been evaluated, correlated, and
approved and is considered as the validated report on a CBRN incident, and the ISN will be
known as an Official Incident Serial Number (OISN).
d. Otherwise (e.g. when originated by other units) field 1 is left unused as indicated by /-/, and
the ISN will be known as a Local Incident Serial Number (LISN).
Field 2:
a. This field will be used by the originator of the message.
b.
It will contain an indicator identifying the originator of the report. This is the agency (CBRN
Centre), which creates the message.
c.
d.
To indicate the retransmitting agency the set MSGID explained in para C02 is used.
Field 3:
a. This field will contain the incident sequence number (ISN) assigned by the originator.
b. A separate sequence may or may not be used for each of the incident types listed in field 4.
However, NATO or national SOPs must define how to use this field.
Field 4:
This field will contain letters C, B, R, N or U depending on the type of incident:
C
for CHEM incidents.
B
for BIO incidents.
R
for Radiological incidents.
N
for NUC attacks.
U
for Not Known
BRAVO
Location of Observer and Direction of Incident
////
|
(M) Direction of Incident from Observer (see C019.7), 6-7AN
Location of Observer:
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 17 AN, or
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
(M) NAME: followed by Geographic Place Name, 1-30 ABNS
DELTA
Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End
////
|
(O) Date Time-Group Incident ended in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
(M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Incident in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN
C-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
GOLFC
Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information
///////////
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accuracy of Total Release:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Total Release Quantity (see C014.4), 3-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANS, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Maximum Total Release Quantity (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C014.4), 3-9 ANS, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Minimum Total Release Quantity (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C014.4), 3-9 ANS, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Total Release Quantity Estimation Method
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(see C016), 3 A
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accuracy of Number of Agent Containers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Accuracy of Number of Substance Containers, 1-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Maximum Number of SubstanceContainers, 1-3 N,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Minimum Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 N,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Number of Substance Containers Estimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Method (see C016), 3 A, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Probability of Size of Release, 1-3 N, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Size of Release EstimationMethod (see C016), 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
A, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Probability of Substance Container Identification:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Probability of Specific Substance Container Identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
(see C045), 1-3 N, or
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Specific Substance Container Identification Estimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Method (see C016), 3 A
|
|
|
|
(O) Specific Substance Container Identification, 1-60 X
|
|
|
|
|
Probability of Type of Substance Container:
|
|
|
|
(O) Probability of Type of Substance Container, 1-3 N, (see C045), or
|
|
|
(O) Type of Substance Container Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
|
|
|
Specific Delivery System Identification
|
|
|
|
(O) Probability of Specific Delivery System Identification, 1-3 N, or
|
|
|
(O) Specific Delivery System Identification Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
|
(O) Delivery System Identification, 1-60 X
|
|
Number of Delivery Systems:
|
(O) Accuracy of Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
|
(O) Maximum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
|
(O) Minimum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or
|
(O) Number of Delivery Systems Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
Type of Delivery:
(M) Probability of Type and Means of Delivery, 1-3 N, or
(M) Type and Means of Delivery Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A
Note: Accuracy is the numerical value representing half the range from minimum to maximum,
which is equivalent to 3.
HOTEL
Type of Nuclear Burst
///
(M) Type of Nuclear Burst (see C020), 3-4 A
C-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
INDIA
Release Information on CBRN Incidents.
////-*
/// (* = 7)
|
|
|
|
(O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A
|
|
(O) Type of Detection (see C038) 3-5 A
|
|
(O) Type of Persistency (see C010), 1-3 A
|
|
Substance Definition:
|
(O) TS followed by Type of Substance (see C011.1), 1-5 A, or
(O) SN followed by Substance Name (see C011.2), 1-7 A or
|
(O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N
|
Substance Release Height:
(M) Type of Substance-Release-Height (see C020), 3-4 A, or
(M) Substance Release Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Explanation of Repeatable fields.
Set INDIA: Field 4 is repeatable to accommodate up to 7 entries in order to provide information
on multiple types of detection.
INDIAB
Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents
//////
|
|
|
(M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
|
|
(O) Probability of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N
|
Substance Probability:
|
(O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or
(O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N
|
Substance release Height:
(O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or
(O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 21-7 AN, or
(O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Note 1: Accuracy is the numerical value representing half the range from minimum to maximum,
which is equivalent to 3 times the standard deviation.
Note 2: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system.
INDIAC
Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents
//////
|
|
|
(M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
|
|
(O) Probability of Type of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N
Probability of UN/NA Identification Number
|
|
(O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or
(O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N or
|
(O) Probability of UN/NA Identification Number,(see ERG), (see C045), 1-3 N
|
Probability of Type of Agent-Release-Height :
(O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or
(O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or
(O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
Note 1: Accuracy is the numerical value representing half the range from minimum to maximum,
which is equivalent to 3 times the standard deviation.
Note 2: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system.
C-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
INDIAR
Release and Sampling Information on Radiological Incidents
///////
|
|
|
|
(O) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A
|
|
|
(O) Means of Radiological Detection (see C038.2), 3-5 A
|
(O) Radioactive Half Life (see Table C - 3), 3-9 ANS
|
|
Identification of the Material:
|
(O) IUPAC Isotope Name (see Table C 2) and Atomic Weight, 5-6 ANS, or
|
(O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N, or
|
(O) Type of Radioactivity (C044), 3-4 A, or
(M) Type of Source (see C043), 3-4 A
Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds
JULIET
///
(M) Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds, 1-3 N
KILO
Crater Description
////
|
(O) Crater Width (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
(M) Crater Indicator (see C036), 3-6 A
Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes
LIMA
///
(M) Angular Cloud Width (at H + 5 Min) (see C019.8), 6-7 AN
Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes
MIKE
/-*
//// (* = 2)
|
|
(M) Cloud Height (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
(M) Cloud Angle (see C019.8), 6-7 AN
|
(M) Cloud Section (see C034), 3 A
Explanation of Repeatable Field
Set MIKE:
C-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
MIKECB
C - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
PAPAB
Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters
///////
|
|
|
|
(M) Right Radial Line (see C019.7), 6-7 AN
|
|
(M) Left Radial Line (see C019.7), 6-7 AN
|
|
|
(M) Cloud Radius (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
(M) Downwind Distance of Zone I (see C019.1), 2-7 AN
|
(M) Effective Wind Speed (see C019.2), 6 AN.
Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud
PAPAC
/-*
// (* = 6)
External Contour of Radioactive Cloud:
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
Explanation of Repeatable Fields
Set PAPAC:
Field 1 is repeatable to accommodate up to 6 entries in order to describe the
radioactive cloud outline.
PAPAD
Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud
///
(M) Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud (see C019.7), 6-7 AN
Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters
PAPAR
//////
|
|
|
(M) Release Area Radius (see C019.1) 2-8 AN
I
I
(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R3 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN
|
|(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R2 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN
(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R1 1-6 AN
PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather Period (**=3)
//-*
// (* = 20)
|
Hazard Area Location for weather period 1-22 AN:
|
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
|
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
|
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
|
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
|
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
|
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
(M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Meteorological Period in Zulu 14 AN
Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field
Set PAPAX:Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas
corresponding to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following
time period will always include the previous hazard area.
Set PAPAX:Field 2 is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe the hazard area outline.
Note:
If Hazard Area Location has only one Position, draw a circle with Radius of the
(Remaining) Hazard Area Distance from set PAPAA(CHEM or BIO) or from set
PAPAR(RAD).
If Hazard Area Location has only two Positions, these are the extreme ends of a linear
release. For each point, draw a circle with Radius of the Hazard Area Distance from
set PAPAA and connect the circles by two tangents.
C - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
SIERRA*
Date Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination (* = 20)
///
Reading or Detection of Contamination:
(M) Date-Time Group, Contamination Detected in Z-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN, or
(M) Date-Time Group of Reading in Z-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN.
Explanation of Repeatable Set
Set SIERRA: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
TANGO*
Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description (* = 20)
////
|
(M) Vegetation Description (see C018), 3-5 A.
(M) Terrain/Topography Description (see C017), 3-6 A.
Explanation of Repeatable Set
Set TANGO: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
WHISKEY* Sensor information (* = 20)
//////
|
|
|
(O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A
|
|
Confirmatory Test
I
I
(O) Confirmatory Test, 1 A, or
I
I
(O) Affirmative or Negative Indicator (see C037.2) 3 A
|
(M) Non Specific Potential Harmful Result (see C037.1) 3 A
(M) Generic Alarm Result (see C037.1) 3A
Explanation of Repeatable Set
Set WHISKEY: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or
survey points.
Set WHISKEY: The format is prepared for future use. Procedures how to use it will follow later.
XRAYA** Actual Contour Information (** = 50)
//-*
// (*=50)
|
Limit Contour Line or Area of Contamination:
|
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
|
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
|
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
|
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
|
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
|
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN
Contamination, Dose, Doserate/dosage and Hazard:
(M) Level of Dose Rate/Dosage and Unit of Measurement (see C019.9), 4-12 ANS, or
(M) Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10), 4-13 ANS, or
(M) Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-12ANS, or
(M) Level of Hazard (see C019.13), 3-5 AN, or
(M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A
Explanation of Repeatable Field and Set
Set XRAYA:
Set XRAYA:
C - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C04.
C04.1. Description of SITREP. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set
(s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C04.2. Specific Sets for SITREP. There are no specific sets for a SITREP message.
C05.
C05.1. Description of MIR. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s)
identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C05.2. Specific Sets for MIR.
Occ Set ID
BRAVOK
Heading of Missile Intercepted
////////
|
|
|
|
|
(O) Velocity component Up in m/sec, 4-9 NS
|
|
|
|
(O) Velocity component North in m/sec, 4-9 NS
|
|
|
(O) Velocity component East in m/sec, 4-9 NS
|
|
(O) Dive Angle of attack (Angle of Descent) of Missile in degrees, 1-3 NS
|
(M) Heading of Missile to True North, 4 AN
(M) Velocity in m/sec, 4-9 NS
Field 1 will contain the speed of the missile before the intercept in meters per second
Field 2 will contain the Heading of the Missile to True North (before Intercept) and Unit of
Measurement.
Field 3 may contain the Dive Angle/Angle of desent ((Positive or negative) of the intercepted
Missile (before Intercept) in degrees. Dive Angle/Angle of Descent is the vertical angle between
the horizontal plane and the trajectory (speed vector) of the missile. A negative angle would mean
that the intercept took place when the missile was going up. This field is optional because the
calculation of the hazard area and the generation of CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 do not require it
explicitly as far as the predicted impact point is mandatory given in FOXTROTK.
Fields 4, 5, 6 may contain the three directional components of the velocity vector, in the East,
North and Up direction respectively, in meters per second. Fields 4, 5 and 6 are optional because
the information they contain is redundant if fields 3 is filled out.
C - 15
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
FOXTROTK
Location of the Intercept Point (IP), Altitude of the Intercept and Location of the
Predicted Target Point (PTP)
/////
|
|
Predicted Target point Location:
|
|
(O) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
|
|
(O) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
|
|
(O) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM),
|
|
15 AN, or
|
|
(O) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
|
|
(O) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS),
|
|
13 AN, or
|
|
(O) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
|
|
(O) NAME: followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS
|
(M) Altitude of missile intercept (see C019.1.1), 2-7 AN
Intercept/kill location:
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or
(M) NAME: followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS
When used in the CBRN MIR report, Field 2 will report the Agent Release Height.
GOLFK
Payload and Efficiency Information
/////
|
| (O) Percentage of Intercept/Kill Efficiency , 1-4 NS
|
(O) Interceptor type, 1 - 30 X
(M) Missile type, 1-20 X
Set GOLFK is used to transmit necessary information about the payload of an intercepted missile
and the efficiency of the intercept. The set is (M) for CBRN MIR.
Field 1 will contain a free text description of the incoming missile type.
Field 2 will contain a free text description of the interceptor type
example: PATRIOT
Field 3 will contain the estimated percentage of the agent that was neutralized by the intercept
C06.
C06.1. Description of STRIKWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by
the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C06.2. Specific Sets for STRIKWARN.
Occ Set ID
ALFAW
STRIKWARN Target Identifier
///
(M) Target Number, 1 - 10 X, or
(M) Target Nickname, 3 - 10 AN
C - 16
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
DELTAW
Date-Time of Strike/Strike cancelled
////
|
(M) Date-time Strike Cancelled in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
(M) Date-Time of Strike in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
FOXONEW
Minimum Safe Distance One
//-*
// (* = 20)
|
MSD 1 Box Area:
|
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
|
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
|
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
|
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
|
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
|
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN
(M) Minimum Safe Distance 1 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N
Explanation of Repeatable Set
Field2:
Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions.
FOXTWOW
Minimum Safe Distance Two
//-*
// (*=20)
|
MSD 2 Box Area:
|
(M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or
|
(M) UTM: followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or
|
(M) MGRS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or
|
(M) UPS: followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or
|
(M) MUPS: followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or
|
(M) GRID: followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN
(M) Minimum Safe Distance 2 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N
Explanation of Repeatable Set
Field2:
Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions.
HOTELW
Number of Surface Bursts
///
(M) Number of Surface Bursts, 1-2 N
INDIAW
Number of Burst in a multiple Strike
///
(M) Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike, 1-2 N
AKNLDG
Acknowledge Requirement
//-*
//(* = 50)
|
Instructions for, or Force or Unit Required to, Acknowledge
|
(O) Instructions for Acknowledging, 1 - 50 X
|
(O) Force or Unit required to Acknowledge, 1 - 30 X
(M) Acknowledge Requirement Indicator. (YES or NO), 2 - 3 A
Explanation of Repeatable Field: Field 2 is repeatable up to 50 times.
C - 17
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C07.
C07.1. Description of HAZWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the
set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).
C07.2. Specific Sets for HAZWARN. There are no specific sets for an HAZWARN message.
C08.
C08.1. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02.)
followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see
Table C - 5):
C08.2. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). Common Message Heading (see
paragraph C02.) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in
paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):
C08.3. CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). Common Message Heading (see
paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in
paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):
C08.4. Specific Sets for CBRN Meteorological Reports.
Occ Set ID
AREAM
Area of Validity
///
(M) Name of Area of Validity, 1 - 30 X
ZULUM
Period of Validity
/////
|
|
(M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid to, 14 AN
|
(M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid from, 14 AN
(M) Observation Date-time in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN
UNITM
Units of Measurement
//////
|
|
|
(M) Unit of Measurement - Temperature (see C019.4) 1 A
|
(M) Unit of Measurement - Speed (see C019.2), 3 A
|
(M) Unit of Measurement - Direction (see C019.7), 3 A
|
(M) Unit of Measurement - Distance (see C019.1), 1-2A
Notes :
LAYERM
Wind Condition at 2000 m Increments up to 30000 m
/-*
//// (* = 15)
|
|
(M) Wind Speed, 3 N
|
(M) Wind Direction, 3-5 NS
(M) Layer Indicator (see C035), 2 N
Explanation of Repeatable Field
Set LAYERM:
Fields 1, 2 and 3 are repeatable to accommodate up to 15 entries for
the 2 km - layer wind data.
C - 18
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ALFAM
Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA
//////
|
|
|
(C) Angle Expansion Indicator (see C039), 1 N
|
(C) Wind Speed, 3 N
|
|
Downwind Direction
I
(C) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N
I
(C) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N
I
(C) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A
(O) Radius of Zone I, 3 N
Note: The units of measurement used are always indicated by set UNITM.
Explanation of Conditions:
If Field 1 is used, field 2, 3 and 4 are not used.
If Field 1 is not used, fields 2, 3 and 4 must be used.
BRAVOM through to GOLFM as under ALFAM above
WHISKEYM
Surface Weather for the first two hour Period
/////////
|
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Cloud Coverage (see C033), 1 N
|
|
|
|
|
(M) Significant Weather Phenomena (see C032), 1 AN
|
|
|
|
(M) Relative Humidity Range (see C031), 1 N
|
|
|
(M) Surface Air Temperature (C030); 3 NS
|
| (M) Detailed Air Stability Category (see C029.2), 1 N, or
|
|
(M) Simplified Air Stability Category (see C029.1), 1 A
|
(M) Wind Speed, 3 N
|
Downwind Direction
(M) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N
(M) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N
(M) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A
Note: Field 1: For variable wind enter VAB.
XRAYM
Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the second two hour
period instead of the first)
YANKEEM
Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the third two hour period
instead of the first)
C - 19
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C09.
General
C09.1. This Section describes the legal entries. The codes and definitions listed below, which must be
used in ADP messages, should also be used in manually produced CBRN messages. In all
mandatory fields a hyphen must be entered if no information is known.
C010. Type of Persistency
P
NP
T
NKN
Persistent
Non-persistent
Thickened
Not known
Nuclear
Biological
BL
Blister agent
BAC
Bacterial
FL
BLOD
Blood agent
BIO
Biological
NKN
CHOK
Choking agent
CLA
Chlamydia
NWH
G agent
NIL
H
INCP
Mustard agent
Incapacitating
agent
Irritant
Nerve agent
NKN
OTR
TOX
No substance
detected (only
used in CBRN
4)
Not known
Other
substance
Rickettsiae
Toxic Industrial
Biological
Toxin
VIR
Viral
IRT
NERV
NIL
NKN
OTR
PENT
T
TIC
V
VMT
Note 1:
RIC
TIB
No substance
detected (only used
in CBRN 4)
Not known
Other substance
Penetrating agent
Thicken agent
Toxic Industrial
Chemical
V-agent
Vomiting agent
Nuclear
Weapon
Fallout
Not
Known
Nuclear
warhead
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C011.2. Substance Name. The following table lists the name of substance of military concern for
hazard prediction purposes. In the case of RAD they are also referred to as the IUPAC isotope name.
Table C - 2. Legal Entries for Substance Name or IUPAC Isotope Name
Chemical
Radiological
Biological
AC
Hydrogen
cyanide
ANTB
Bacillus
anthracis
CS137
Cesium
BZ
Quinuclidinyl
benzilate
Phosgene
BRUB
Brucella spp
CO60
Cobalt
VICB
Vibrio
cholerae
Escherichia
Coli
Rickettsia
typhi
Burkholderia
mallei
Burkholderia
pseudomallei
Yersinia
pestis
Coxiella
burnetii
Rickettsia
rickettsii
Salmonella
spp
Orientia
tsutsugamus
hi
Shigella
dysenteriae
Francisella
tularensis
Salmonella
Typhi
Junin virus
Machupo
virus
Chikungunya
virus
CrimeanCongo
hemorrhagic
fever virus
Ebola virus
Eastern
equine
encephalomy
elitis virus
European tick
borne
AM241
Americium
U240
Uranium
SR90
Strontium
PU238
Plutonium
IR192
Irridium
SC75
Scandium
YB169
Yturbium
TM170
Thulium
CF252
Californium
RA226
Radium
I125
Iodine
KR85
Krypton
PM147
Promethium
CM244
PO210
Curium
Polonium
AMBE
Americium /
Berillium
Ruthenium /
Rhodiun
CG
CK
CX
Cyanogen
chloride
Phosgene oxime
ESCB
RITB
DP
Di-Phosgene
BUMB
GA
Tabun
BUPB
GB
Sarin
YPEB
GD
Soman
CBUB
GF
Cyclo-Sarin
RICB
HD
Mustard distilled
SALB
HL
Mustard-Lewisite
OTSB
HN
Nitrogen mustard
SDYB
HT
Trimeric mustard
FRTB
Lewisite
SATB
PS
SA
Chloropicrin
Arsin
JUNV
MACV
TG
Tear gas
CHIV
VX
VX
CCHV
EBOV
EEEV
ETBV
RURH
C14
P32
Carbon
Phosphorus
CL36
Chlorine
C - 21
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
Nuclear
MXR
Mixture of
radiation
emissions
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Chemical
I131
Iodine 131
HANV
encephalitis
virus
Influenza
virus
Hantaviruses
DEPU
LASV
Lassa virus
NATU
MARV
MONV
Marburg virus
Monkeypox
virus
Omsk
hemorrhagic
fever virus
Rift Valley
fever virus
Flaviviruses
Variola virus
Venezuelan
equine
encephalitis
virus
Western
equine
encephalitis
virus
Yellow fever
virus
Aflatoxins
Botulinum
toxins
Clostridium
Perfringens
toxins
Palytoxin
Ricins
Saxitoxins
Staphylococc
al
Enterotoxins
Tetradotoxin
Trichothecen
e mycotoxins
TH232
K40
Depleted
Uranium
Natural
Uranium
Thorium
Potassium
INFV
OHFV
RVFV
FLAV
VARV
VEEV
WEEV
YELV
AFLT
BOTT
CLPT
PALT
RICT
SAXT
STET
TETT
TRMT
Note:
Radiological
Biological
Nuclear
Nuclear weapon fallout is a mixture of a large number of radionuclides. For most (if not all)
purposes it is not necessary to distinguish specific types.
C - 22
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table C - 3. List of Radionuclides Commonly used for Industrial, Medical and Research
Applications
Decay
Principal Emissions
Nuclide1 Name
Half-life
Rate
Alpha
Beta
Gamma Neutron L (1/h)
Co-60
Cobalt
5.27 y
1.50E-05
Cs-137
Caesium
30.00 y
2.64E-06
Ir-192
Iridium
73.80 d
3.91E-04
(e,g,
Am-241 Americium
432.20 y
1.83E-07
Am/Be)
Se-75
Selenium
119.80 d
2.41E-04
Sr-90/YStrontium/Yttrium
28.79 y
2.75E-06
90
U-235+ Uranium
7.00E+08 y
1.13E-13
2
Pu-238
Plutonium
87.70 y
9.02E-07
2
Pu-239
Plutonium
24000.00 y
3.30E-09
2
Pu-240
Plutonium
6570.00 y
1.20E-08
C-14
Carbon
5734.00 y
1.38E-08
P-32
Phosphor
14.62 d
1.98E-03
P-33
Phosphor
25.30 d
1.14E-03
Cl-36
Chloride
3.00E+05 y
2.64E-10
Cr-51
Chrome
27.70 d
1.04E-03
Co-57
Cobalt
271.80 d
1.06E-04
Co-58
Cobalt
70.80 d
4.08E-04
Ga-67
Gallium
78.30 h
8.85E-03
MoMolybdenum /
65.90 h
1.05E-02
99/TcTechnetium
99m
Cd-109
Cadmium
453.00 d
6.38E-05
In-111
Indium
2.80 d
1.03E-02
I-123
Iodine
13.30 h
5.21E-02
I-125
Iodine
59.40 d
4.86E-04
I-131
Iodine
8.00 d
3.61E-03
Ba-133
Barium
10.70 y
7.39E-06
Pm-147 Promethium
2.60 y
3.04E-05
Eu-152
Europium
13.20 y
5.99E-06
Yb-169
Ytterbium
32.00 d
9.03E-04
Tm-170 Thulium
128.60 d
2.25E-04
Au-198
Gold
2.70 d
1.07E-02
Tl-201
Thallium
72.90 h
9.51E-03
Po-210
Polonium
128.40 d
2.25E-04
Ra-226+ Radon
1600.00 y
4.95E-08
Dep U+ Depleted Uranium
4.50E+09 y
1.76E-14
2
Cm-244 Curium
18.10 y
4.37E-06
2
Cf-252
Californium
2.64 y
3.00E-05
Nat U+
Natural Uranium
4.50E+10 y
1.76E-15
Th-232+ Thorium
1.40E+10 y
5.65E-15
Ra-226+ Radon
1600.00 y
4.95E-08
K-40
Potassium
1.30E+09 y
6.09E-14
1. Nuclides with a + indicate that daughter products are likely to be present that could aid
detection
2. Low energy X-rays
C - 23
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Aircraft
Bomb (delivering Bomblets only)
Cannon
Device
Fuel Fabrication Facility
Fissile Material Storage
Fuel Reprocessing Facility
Multiple-launch Rocket System
Mortar
Missile
Not known
Plant
Railroad Car
Reactor Nuclear Plant
Research Nuclear Reactor
Radioactive Waste Storage
Ship
Toxic Industrial Radiological Facility
Road Transport
Bomblets
Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead)
Bomb
Pressurised Gas Bottle
Bunker
Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead)
Generic Storage Container
Nominal 200 litre Storage Drum
Generator (Aerosol)
Intermediate Bulk Container
Large ISO containers
Mine (CBRN filled only)
Not known
Nuclear Warhead
Pipe or pipeline
Reactor
Rocket
Shell
Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions Warhead)
Spray (tank)
Stockpile
Storage Tank (stationary or mobile)
Torpedo
Waste
C - 24
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Observed
Suspected
Detected
Estimated
Intelligence based
Measured
Human observation
Suspected
C - 25
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Flat
Hill
Not known
Sea
Urban
Valley
Bare
Not known
Scrubby Vegetation
Urban
Wooded Terrain
Feet
Hectometres (100 metres)
Kilofeet (1000 feet)
Kilometres
Metres
Nautical Miles
Statute Miles
Yards
Feet
Metres
C019.2. Speed:
KPH
KTS
MPH
MPS
C019.3. Time:
DAY
HR
MIN
SEC
WK
MON
Days
Hours
Minutes
Seconds
Weeks
Month
C019.4. Temperature:
C
F
Celsius
Fahrenheit
C - 26
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C019.5. Weight:
KG
KT
LB
LTN
MT
STN
TNE
TON
Kilogram
Kiloton
Pound
Long Ton
Megaton
Short Ton
Metric Ton (Tonne)
Ton
C019.6. Volume:
CM3
L
M3
MM3
ML
Cubic centimetre
Litre
Cubic metre
Cubic millimetre
Millilitre
C019.7. Direction :
DGG
DGM
DGT
MLG
MLM
MLT
Degrees/Grid North
Degrees/Magnetic North
Degrees/True North
Mils/Grid North
Mils/Magnetic North
Mils/True North
C019.8. Angle:
DEG
MIL
Degrees
Mils
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
YES
NO
C019.12.
ACPL
BQM2
BQM3
CFUM2
CFUML
MGM2
MGM3
PPB
PPM
C019.13.
ICT
ID
LCT
LD
C019.14.
KT
MT
Affirmative Indicator
Negative Indicator
Contamination:
Agent containing particles per litre
Becquerel per square metre
Becquerel per cubic metre
Colony forming unit per square metre
Colony forming unit per millitre
Milligrams per square metre
Milligrams per cubic metre
9
Parts per Billion (10 )
Parts per Million (106)
Level of Hazard:
Incapacitating Dosage
Incapacitating Dose
Lethal Dosage
Lethal Dose
Yield of Nuclear Weapons
Kiloton
Megaton
Air
Not known
Surface (release on ground impact)
Sub surface (only used in NUC reports)
Background
Decreasing
Increasing
Initial
Peak
Same
Decay Normal
Decay Faster than Normal
Decay Slower than Normal
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 6 CHEM
CBRN 1 BIO
CBRN 2 BIO
CBRN 3 BIO
CBRN 4 BIO
CBRN 5 BIO
CBRN 6 BIO
CBRN 1 RAD
CBRN 2 RAD
CBRN 3 RAD
CBRN 4 RAD
CBRN 5 RAD
CBRN 6 RAD
CBRN 1 NUC
CBRN 2 NUC
CBRN 3 NUC
CBRN 4 NUC
CBRN 5 NUC
CBRN 6 NUC
CBRN SITREP
CBRN MIR
STRIKWARN
HAZWARN
CBRN BWR
CBRN EDR
CBRN CDR
Chemical Report
Biological Report
Missile Intercept Report
Nuclear Report
Not known
Radiological Report
CBRN Situation Report
CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN Infrastructure
Chemical Incident
Biological Incident
Radiological Incident
C - 29
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
N
U
Nuclear Attack
Not Known
Actual Location
Estimated Location
Location Qualifier Not Known
Unstable
Neutral
Stable
C029.2. Detailed:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Very Unstable
Unstable
Slightly Unstable
Neutral
Slightly Stable
Stable
Very Stable
Minus 99 degrees
Minus 98 degrees
Minus 51 degrees
Minus 50 degrees
Minus 49 degrees
Minus 1 degree
Zero degrees
Plus 1 degree
Plus 49 degrees
Plus 999 degrees
00 - 09 Percent
10 - 19 Percent
20 - 29 Percent
30 - 39 Percent
C - 30
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
4
5
6
7
8
9
40 - 49 Percent
50 - 59 Percent
60 - 69 Percent
70 - 79 Percent
80 - 89 Percent
90 - 100 Percent
BOT
TOP
2000 Metres
4000 Metres
(and so on, in increments of 2000 Metres)
30000 Metres
Crater present
Not known
No crater present
Positive Results
Negative Results
C - 31
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Yes, Conducted
No, Not Conducted
Indicative,
Presumptive,
Definitive
Evidential
C038. Type of Detection, Means of Detection, Type of Sample and Type of Identification
C038.1. Type of Detection:
AS
DL
MPDS
MSDS
MSVY
OTR
RD
SBD
UAS
UGS
UMDS
UMPDS
UMSVY
UMSDS
Aerial Survey
Deployed Laboratory
Manned Point Detection System
Manned Stand-off Detection System
Manned Survey
Other (use GENTEXT to specify)
Remote Detection
Satellite-Based Detection
Un-manned Aerial Survey
Un-manned Ground Survey
Un-Manned Detection System
Un-Manned Point Detection
Un-manned Survey
Un-Manned Stand-off Detection
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
VBRAD
Liquid sample
Soil Sample
Solid Sample
Vapour
Vegetation Sample
Water Sample
Provisional Identification
Confirmed Identification
Unambiguous Identification
40 degrees
50 degrees
60 degrees
70 degrees
80 degrees
90 degrees
100 degrees
110 degrees
120 degrees
More than 120 degrees
Continuous
Single Release of a Cloud
Spraying
C - 33
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Alpha
Beta
Gamma
Mixture of Radiation Emissions
Neutron
Not known
C - 34
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C046. General
C046.1. The CIS CBRN messages must be formatted to ensure consistency with the manually
formatted messages, thereby making messages easy to be read and understood by CBRN
defence experts or specialists. In addition computerised systems should use the same
formatting rules so that systems are made compatible.
C046.2. It is mandatory that the formatting is made consistent with the rules and procedures laid down
in ADatP-3, and that the CBRN Message Text Formats reside inside the APP-11.
C046.3. Teletype CBRN weather messages are formatted in accordance with meteorological
regulations. These messages have to be reformatted upon entry into a CBRN ADP system in
accordance with the rules in AEP-45.
C046.4. The prescribed message formats do not address those items which are governed by message
protocol, i.e. Message Precedence, Message Classification, Addresses, Date-Time Group etc.
(see AEP-45).
C047. The Use of Letters (Sets) in ADP Formatted CBRN Messages
C047.1. A CIS system requires information to be entered in specific ways to enable processing to be
completed. This is slightly at variance with the manual system. The manual system, for
example, allows any letter item to be inserted in any message. Entering information in a CIS
system is controlled by several occurrence matrices. Each occurrence matrix shows the
relationship between mandatory, operationally determined and conditional set identifiers and
the CBRN messages. These matrices are at para C049. Additional letter items can be inserted
in this CIS system by using the GENTEXT, thus making it possible to complete the same tasks
as in the manual system. Occurrence categories are defined as follows:
a. Mandatory (M). The categorisation of the occurrence of those sets formats and field formats,
which are related to essential information. Note: These are the minimum numbers of
information items absolutely necessary to complete message processing. If information for a
mandatory field is not available, a hyphen (-) must be entered into that field.
b. Operationally Determined (O). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and
field formats, which are determined only by operational considerations. Note: If Information for
these sets and fields is available it should be entered, but it is not essential for message
processing.
c. Conditional (C). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and field formats,
the treatment of which depends on the status of specified conditions.
C048. Legal Entries
C048.1. In the manual system variation in spelling and abbreviations are acceptable and will not affect
the transmission of messages. If the correct legal entries are not used in a CIS system,
message processing cannot take place. The legal entries are defined and required among
others for the following information:
a. Persistency indicator,
b. Substance type,
c. Air stability category, and
d. Type of nuclear burst.
C - 35
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C - 36
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
CBRN 3
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
CBRN 4
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
CBRN 5
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
C - 37
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
CBRN 6
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
O
O
M
O
O
O
M
O
M
M M
M M
M M
CBRN CDR
CBRN 2
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
CBRN EDR
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
CBRN BWR
CBRN 1
B R N
O O O
O O O
M M M
O O O
M M M
M M M
M M M
M M M
HAZWARN
EXER
OPER
MSGID
REF
GEODATUM
DTG
ORGIDDFT
CBRNTYPE
C
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
STRIKWARN
SETS
CBRN MIR
CBRN SITREP
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
O
O
M
O
M
M
M
M
O
O
M
O
O
O
M
O
O
O
M
O
M M M
M M M
M M M
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDR
CBRN BWR
HAZWARN
STRIKWARN
SETS
CBRN MIR
SET DESCRIPTIONS
CBRN SITREP
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CBRN 4
CBRN 5
CBRN 6
CBRN 1
C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N
Aknowledge Requirement
Incident Serial Number
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group ALFA
STRIKWARN Target Identifier
Area of Validity
Location of Observer and Direction
of Incident
Heading of Missile Intercepted
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group BRAVO
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group CHARLIE
DTG of Incident Start and Incident
End
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group DELTA
DTG of Strike or Strike Cancelled
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group ECHO
Minimum Safe Distance One
Minimum Safe Distance Two
Location of Incident
Location of the IP, Altitude of the
AKNLDG
ALFA
M
C C C C M M M M M M M M O O O O M M M M O O O O
ALFAM
ALFAW
AREAM
BRAVO
M
M M M
M M M M
BRAVOK
BRAVOM
CHARLIEM
DELTA
M M M M M M M M M M M M
O O O O O O O O
DELTAM
DELTAW
ECHOM
FOXONEW
FOXTWOW
FOXTROT
FOXTROTK
O
O
M
O O O O M M M M M M M M
O O O O
M
M
C - 38
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
CBRN 1
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CBRN 4
CBRN 5
CBRN 6
C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N
Intercept and Location of the PTP
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group FOXTROT
Delivery and Quantity Information
Confidence in Delivery and
Quantity Information
Payload and Efficiency Information
Effective Downwind for Yield
Group GOLF
Type of Nuclear Burst
Number of Surface Bursts
Release Information on CBRN
Incidents
Release and Sampling Information
on Biological Incidents
Release and Sampling Information
on Chemical Incidents
Release and Sampling Information
on Radiological Incidents
Number of Bursts in a Multiple
Strike
Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds
Crater Description
Wind Conditions at 2,000 m
Increments up to 30,000 m
Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width
at H+5 Minutes
FOXTROTM
GOLF
O
M M M M M M M M O O O O
O O O O
GOLFC
O O O O
GOLFK
GOLFM
HOTEL
HOTELW
INDIA
M
O
M M
M M
M M
M M
INDIAB
O
M
O
M
O
O
O
O
LAYERM
LIMA
INDIAW
JULIET
KILO
O O
INDIAC
INDIAR
M M
M
O
C - 39
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDR
CBRN BWR
HAZWARN
STRIKWARN
SETS
CBRN MIR
SET DESCRIPTIONS
CBRN SITREP
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
CBRN 1
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CBRN 4
CBRN 5
CBRN 6
C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N
Stabilised Cloud Measurement at
H+10 Minutes
Description and Status of
Chemical, and Biological
Substance or Storage or Release
Information
Description and Status of
Chemical, Biological and
Radiological Incidents
Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons
DTG for Estimated/Actual Contour
Lines
Predicted Release and Hazard
Area
Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction
Parameters
Radar Determined External
Contour of Radioactive Cloud
Radar Determined Downwind
Direction of Radioactive Cloud
Radiological Hazard Prediction
Parameters
Hazard Area Location for Weather
Period
Location of Reading, Sample,
Detection and Type of Sample
Detection
MIKE
MIKECB
MIKER
O O
M M M
M M M
NOVEMBER
M M M
M
O O O
OSCAR
C C C C
PAPAA
M M
M M M M
C
M
PAPAB
PAPAC
PAPAD
PAPAR
PAPAX
M M M
QUEBEC
M M M M
C - 40
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
M M M M
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDR
CBRN BWR
HAZWARN
STRIKWARN
SETS
CBRN MIR
SET DESCRIPTIONS
CBRN SITREP
ATP-45(D)
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDR
CBRN BWR
HAZWARN
STRIKWARN
SETS
CBRN MIR
SET DESCRIPTIONS
CBRN SITREP
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 1
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CBRN 4
CBRN 5
CBRN 6
C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N
Level of Contamination, Dose Rate
Trend & Decay Rate Trend
DTG of Reading or Initial Detection
of Contamination
Terrain, Topography and
Vegetation Description
Units of Measurement
Sensor Information
Surface Weather for the First TwoHour Period
Actual Contour Information
Predicted Contour Information
Surface Weather for the Second
Two-Hour Period
Downwind Direction and Downwind
Speed
Surface Weather for the Third TwoHour Period
Measured Weather Conditions
Period of Validity
CBRN Info
ROMEO
O O M M
O O O O
SIERRA
M M M M
O O O O
TANGO
O O O
O O O
O O O
UNITM
WHISKEY
O O O
O
M M M
O O O O
WHISKEYM
XRAYA
XRAYB
M M M M
O O O O
XRAYM
YANKEE
O
O O O
O O O
O O O
O O O
YANKEEM
ZULU
ZULUM
GENTEXT
O
O O O
O O O
O O O
O O O
O
M M M
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O M M M O M O
C - 41
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C - 42
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C052. General
C052.1. The logical content tables in this Section are used as computer guidelines to validate
information presented in the CBRN 1 observer's report. If the report's fields are not filled in
correctly, certain combinations of legal entries will not make sense. The tables provide the
ADP system with valid or improbable combinations of information in the completed fields of a
message. The table guidelines represent a wide interpretation of combination, and all
combinations should not be regarded as 100% legal entries in all cases.
C052.2. Valid combinations are indicated in the tables with a V, while an I indicates improbable
combinations. When the message reports improbable combinations of information, the
operator is then alerted by the ADP system to take appropriate action with respect to collecting
further information. If this is not possible the operator may override the alert and continue the
process being aware that the quality of the result may be less reliable.
C052.3. The information in the tables (except Table C - 7) may be subject to changes in a real battle
situation e.g., with intelligence updates to the adversary capabilities. Only the system
supervisor should make such changes.
C053. Explanation of Tables
C053.1. Table C - 6: Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container. Although
the CBRN 1 is a one incident report, set GOLF, fields 2-5 allow specification of type and
means of delivery, quantity of delivery system, type of substance containers and quantity of
substance containers for that one incident. The two type entries are compared to determine
valid combinations. Besides the valid combinations indicated in the table, all legal entries
paired with "-" are also valid, with the "-" being assigned the value "NKN".
C053.2. Table C - 7: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Substance Container. Set
INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF,
field 4 (type of substance container).
C053.3. Table C - 8: Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set
INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type
of substance container).
C053.4. Table C - 9: Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR)
versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set INDIA, field 2 (type of substance) is
compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type of substance container).
C053.5. Table C - 10: Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height. Each entry of
set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set
INDIA, field 2 (type of substance).
C053.6. Table C - 11: Type of Substance versus Type of Persistency. Each occurrence of set
INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set INDIA, field 2 (type
of substance).
C053.7. Table C - 12: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency. Each
occurrence of set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each
occurrence of set INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency).
C053.8. Table C - 13: Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container. Each
occurrence of Set CBRNTYPE, field 1 (type of CBRN report) is compared to each occurrence
of Set GOLF, Field 4 (type of substance container).
C - 43
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
C054. Tables
Type of
Substance
Container
BML
BMP
BOM
BTL
BUK
CMP
CON
DRM
GEN
IBC
ISO
MNE
NKN
NWH
PIP
RCT
RKT
SHL
SMP
SPR
STK
TNK
TOR
WST
A
I
R
VS
VL
VL
I
I
VL
I
I
VS
VL
I
I
VL
VL
I
I
VS
I
VS
VL
I
I
VS
I
R
W
S
I
I
I
I
VL
I
VL
VS
I
VL
VL
I
VL
I
VL
I
I
I
I
I
VL
VL
I
VL
S
H
P
I
VL
I
VS
I
VL
VL
VS
VS
VL
VL
VS
VL
VL
I
VL
VL
VS
VS
VL
VL
VL
VS
VL
T
I
R
I
I
I
I
VL
I
VL
VS
I
VL
VL
I
VL
I
VL
I
I
I
I
I
VL
VL
I
VL
T
P
T
I
I
I
VS
I
I
VL
V
VS
VL
VL
I
VL
I
I
I
VS
VS
I
VL
VL
VL
I
VL
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Type of Substance
Release Height
Type of Persistency
T
O
R
I
V
V
V
M
N
E
I
V
V
V
N
K
N
V
V
V
V
W
S
T
I
V
V
I
T
N
K
I
V
V
V
T
O
R
I
V
V
V
M
N
E
I
V
V
V
U
N
K
V
V
V
V
W
S
T
V
V
V
V
I = Improbable combination.
T
N
K
I
V
V
I
I = Improbable combination.
C - 45
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
S
P
R
V
I
V
V
S
T
K
V
V
V
V
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table C - 9. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Substance Container
B B B B B C C D G I
I
N P R R S S S S T T M
M M O T U M O R E B S W I
C K H M P T N O N
L P M L K P N M N C O H P T T L P R K K R E
BL =
V V V V V V V V I
V V I
I
I
V V V V V V I
V
H, CX, L, HD, HL,
HN, HT
BLOD =
V V V V V V V V I
V V I
I
I
V V V V V V I
I
AC, CK
CHOK =
V V V V V V V V I
V V I
I
I
V V V V V V I
I
CG, DP
INCP =
V I
V V V V V V V V V I
I
I
V V V V V V V I
BZ
CHEMICAL
IRT =
V I
V V V V V V V V V I
I
I
V V V V V V I
I
TG, PS, SA
NERV =
V V V V V V V V V V V I
I
I
V V V V V V V V
G, GA, GB, GD, GF,
V, VX
I
I
I
V V I
V V I
V V I
I
V V I
I
V V V I
I
PENT
I
I
I
V V I
V V I
V V I
I
I
I
I
I
V V V I
I
TIC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
V V I
I
V I
I
I
VMT
V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
OTR
BIO =
V V V V V V V V V V V I
V I
V V V V V I
V I
BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR
I
I
V I
I
I
V V I
V V I
V I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BIOLOGICAL
TIB
V V V V V V V V V V V I
V I
V V V V V I
V I
TOX
V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
OTR
FNF, MWS, RWM,
I
I
I
I
V I
V V I
V V I
I
V I
I
I
I
I
V I
I
SRF
RADIOLOGICAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
V V I
V V I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
V I
I
MDS, INS
V I
V V V
V V V V V I
I
V V V V V V V V V
RDPS
I
V V I
V I
I
I
I
I
I
V I
I
V V V I
V I
V V
FL
NUCLEAR
I
V V I
V I
I
I
I
I
I
V I
I
V V V I
V I
V V
NWH
V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
NKN
V = Valid combination.
I = Improbable combination.
C - 46
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
N
K
N
W
S
T
V
V
V
V
I
V
I
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
I
I
V
V
V
I
I
V
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table C - 10. Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height
AIR
SURF
NKN SUBS
V
V
V
I
BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT
I
V
V
I
BLOD = AC, CK
V
V
V
I
CHOK = CG, DP
V
V
V
I
INCP = BZ
V
V
V
I
IRT
=
TG,
PS,
SA
CHEMICAL
V
V
V
I
NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, T, V, VX
V
V
V
I
PENT
V
V
V
I
TIC
V
I
I
I
VMT
V
V
V
I
OTR
V
V
V
I
BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR
V
V
V
I
TIB
BIOLOGICAL
I
V
V
I
TOX
V
V
V
I
OTR
V
V
V
V
RADIOLOGICAL FNF, INS, MDS, MWS, RDPS, RWM, SRF
V
V
V
V
NUCLEAR
FL, NWH
V
V
V
V
NKN
It is improbable that materials associated with nuclear plant, industrial or medical facilities will be released from the air.
Deliberate dispersal of material from these sources from the air would constitute an RDD. The set RAD INDIAR has been created and is able to
focus more on the specificity of a radiological incident.
V = Valid combination.
I = Improbable combination.
C - 47
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table C - 11. Type of Substance (or type of source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Persistency
CHEMICAL
TYPE OF SUBSTANCE
BIOLOGICAL
RADIOLOGICAL
NUCLEAR
NKN
P
V
I
I
I
I
V
I
V
I
V
V
V
V
V
I
I
I
I
NP
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
I
I
I
I
T
V
I
I
I
I
V
I
V
I
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NKN
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
I
I
I
I
Definition of persistent hazard (In biological or chemical warfare, the characteristic of an agent which pertains to the duration of its
effectiveness in the environment.) is only valid for chemical and biological warfare
V = Valid combination.
I = Improbable combination.
C - 48
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Table C - 12. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency
P
NP
T
NKN
V
V
V
V
AIR
V
V
V
V
SURF
Type of Substance Release Height
V
V
V
V
NKN
V
I
I
V
SUBS
V = Valid combination.
Note:
I = Improbable combination.
S
P
R
V
V
V
I
I
V
S
T
K
V
V
V
V
I
V
T
N
K
V
V
V
I
I
V
T
O
R
I
I
V
V
I
V
M
N
E
V
I
V
I
I
V
N
K
N
V
V
V
I
I
V
Include Nuclear Mine as valid combination. All container types are valid for RAD, largely because of possible design of RDD
V = Valid combination.
I = Improbable combination.
C - 49
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
W
S
T
V
V
V
I
I
V
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
C - 50
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ANNEX D
ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS/LEGAL ENTRIES/SETS
1.
This list contains abbreviations, legal entries, sets and acronyms used within this publication.
AM
Morning
AM241
Americium
AMBE
Americium / Berillium
AN
Alpha-Numerical
ANS
Alphabetic Numeric Special characters
ANTB
Bacillus anthracis
AOO
Area of Operations
AOR
Area of responsibility
ARD
Automated Radiation Detector
ARDD
Activated Radiological Dispersion Device
AREAM
Area of Validity - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
ATP
Allied Tactical Publication
B
Biological Incident
BAC
Bacterial
BACK
Background
BARE
Bare
BD
Buffer Distance
BETA
Beta
BIDS
Biological Identification and Detection System
BIO
BIO
Biological
BIOCHEM
Biological or chemical Report
BL
BL
Blister Agent
BLOD
Blood Agent
BML
Bomblet
BMP
Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead)
D-1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
BRAVO
BRAVOK
BRAVOM
BWR
BZ
BRUB
BSDS
BTL
BUK
BUMB
BUPB
BWF
BWM
BWR
BZ
C14
C
C
C
C4I
CAM
CAN
CAS
CB
CBRN
CBRN 1
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CB
CBRN
CBRN 1
CBRN 2
CBRN 3
CBRN 4
CBRN 4
CBRN 5
CBRN 5
CBRN 6
CBRN 6
CBRN ACC
CBRN BWF
CBRN BWM
CBRN BWR
CBRN CC
CBRN CDF
CBRN CDM
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDF
CBRN EDM
CBRN EDR
CBRN ACC
CBRN BWF
CBRN BWM
CBRN BWR
CBRN CC
CBRN CDF
CBRN CDM
CBRN CDR
CBRN EDF
CBRN EDM
CBRN EDR
Explanation
Bomb
Bomb (delivering Bomblets only)
Cloud Bottom
Botulinum toxins
Becquerel per square metre
Becquerel per cubic metre
Becquerel
Location of Observer and Direction of Attack or
Incident
Effective Downwind for Yield Group Bravo - Letter M
added to identify meteorological sets
Brucella spp
Biological Stand-off Detection System
Pressurized Gas Bottle
Bunker
Burkholderia mallei
Burkholderia pseudomallei
Basic Wind Forecast
Basic Wind Data Message
Basic Wind Report
Quinuclidinyl benzilate
Carbon
Conditional
Chemical Incident
Celcius/Centigrade
Command, control, communication, computer and
intelligence
Chemical Agent Monitor
Cannon
Chemical Abstracts Service
Cloud Bottom
Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear
Observers report
Report for passing evaluated CBRN 1 Reports
Report for immediate warning of predicted
contamination and hazard areas.
Report for reporting detection data and passing
monitoring and survey results.
Report for passing information on areas of actual
contamination.
Report for passing detailed information on CBRN
incidents.
CBRN Area Control Centre
CBRN Basic Wind Forecast
CBRN Basic Wind Message
CBRN Basic Wind Report
CBRN Collection Centre
CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast
CBRN Chemical Downwind Message
CBRN Chemical Downwind Report
CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast
CBRN Effective Downwind Message
CBRN Effective Downwind Report
D-2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
CBRNTYPE
CBRN RWC
CBRN SCC
CBRN WRC
CBRN ZCC
CBRN RWC
CBRN SCC
CBRN
SITREP
CBRN ZCC
CBUB
CC
CDF
CDM
CDR
Cs-137
CF
CG
cGy
CCHV
CDF
CDM
CDR
CES
CF252
CF
CFUM2
CFUML
CG
CGH
CGY
CHARLIEM
CHEM
CK
CHEM
CHIV
CHOK
CK
CL36
CLA
CLOUD
CLPT
CM
Co-60
CM244
CM3
CMP
CO60
COB
CON
CONF
CONT
CPDS
CRATER
CS137
CSG
CX
DA
CSH
CSV
CX
DAY
DE
Explanation
CBRN Information for CBRN 1-6, MIR and HAZWARN
reports
Type of CBRN Report
CBRN Reporting & Warning Centre
CBRN Sub Collection Centre
CBRN Situation Report
CBRN Warning and Reporting Centre
CBRN Zone Control Centre
Coxiella burnetii
Collection centre
Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
Chemical Downwind Forecast
Chemical Downwind Message
Chemical Downwind Report
Cesium-137
Californium
Correlation Factor
Colony forming unit per square metre
Colony forming unit per millitre
Phosgene
Centigray per Hour
Centigray
Effective Downwind for Yield Group Charlie - Letter
M added to identify meteorological sets
Chemical
Chikungunya virus
Choking agent
Cyanogen chloride
Chlorine
Chlamydia
Visible Cloud
Clostridium Perfringens toxins
Consequence Management
Curium
Cubic Centimetre
Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead)
Cobalt
Cobalt-60
Generic Storage Container
Confirmed Identification
Continuous
Chemical Prediction Data Sheet
Crater Present
Cesium
Challenge Sub-group
Centisievert per Hour
Centisievert
Phosgene oxime
Total downwind distance of the center of the BIO
cloud in km.
Day
Extended distance in km.
D-3
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
DELTA
DELTAM
DELTAW
DGT
DGZ
DHD
DL
DP
DEPU
DET
DET
DEV
DF
DGG
DGM
DGT
DHD
DL
DL
DN
DP
DPC
DRM
DS
DT
DTG
EDM
EDR
EDW
DTG
ECHOM
EBOV
EDF
EDM
EDR
EDW
EE
EEEV
EIH
ELISA
EMP
ERG
ESCB
ESD
EST
ETA
Etbv
EVI
EWS
EXER
EXFIRE
EXS
F
FF
FFF
Explanation
Decreasing
Definitive
Degrees
Date-Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End
Effective Downwind for Yield Group DELTA - Letter
M added to identify meteorological sets
Date-Time of Strike or Strike Cancelled - Letter W
added to identify warning sets
Depleted Uranium
Other Automated Detector
Detected
Device
Decay Faster than Normal
Degrees/Grid North
Degrees/Magnetic North
Degrees/True North
Designated Ground Zero
Downwind Hazard Area Distance
Leading edge distance in km.
Deployed Laboratory
Decay Normal
Di-Phosgene
Damaged Package and Contamination
Nominal Storage Drum (55 Gallons/200 litres)
Decay slower than normal
Trailing edge distance in km.
Date Time Group
Effective Downwind for Yield Group Echo - Letter M
added to identify meteorological sets
Ebola virus
Effective Downwind Forecast
Effective Downwind Message
Effective Downwind Report
Effective Downwind
Estimated Location
Eastern equine encephalomyelitis virus
Environmental industrial hazard
Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay
Electromagnetic Pulse
Emergency Response Guide
Escherichia Coli
Evidence of Site Disruption
Estimated
Eearliest Time of Arrival
European tick borne encephalitis virus
Evidential
Effective Downwind Speed
Exercise Identification
Explosions and Fire
Exposed Source
Fahrenheit
Fresh Reactor Fuel
Fuel Fabrication Facility
D-4
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
FPD
FRF
FRTB
FT
ft/sec
G
GA
GB
GD
G
GAM
GA
GB
GC
GD
GEN
GF
GMT
GN
GF
GMT
GN
GZ
H
GSPEC
GZ
H
HAZWARN
HD
HL
HN
HOB
Set
Explanation
Burning Fire
Nuclear Weapon Fallout
Flat Terrain
Flaviviruses
Fissile material storage
Fresh Nuclear Fuel
CBRN Reconnaissance Vehicle
FOXONEW
Minimum Safe Distance One - Letter W added to
identify warning sets
FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two - Letter W added to
identify warning sets
FOXTROT
Location of Attack or Incident
FOXTROTK Location of the IP, Altitude of the Intercept and
Location of the PTP
FOXTROTM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Foxtrot - Letter
M added to identify meteorological sets
Flame Photometric Detector
Fuel Reprocessing Facility
Francisella tularensis
Feet
Feet per Second
Nerve G agent
Gamma
Tabun
Sarin
Gas Chromatograph
Soman
Generator (Aerosol)
GENTEXT
CBRN Info
GEODATUM Geodetic Datum
Cyclo-Sarin
Greenwich Mean Time
Grid North
GOLF
Delivery and Quantity Information
GOLFC
Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information
GOLFK
Payload and Efficiency Information
GOLFM
Effective Downwind for Yield Group Golf - Letter M
added to identify meteorological sets
Gamma Spectrometer
Ground Zero
Mustard agent
HANV
HAZWARN
HD
HGMS
HIGH
HILL
HM
HL
HN
HOB
HOTEL
HOTELW
Hantaviruses
Hazard Warning
Mustard distilled
Hand held Gamma Survey Monitor
High Confidence
Hill
Hectometres (100 metres)
Mustard-Lewisite
Nitrogen mustard
Height of Burst
Type of Nuclear Burst
Number of Surface Bursts - Letter W added to
D-5
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ICt
ICt50
ID
ID
Set
HQ
HR
HT
IBC
IBDS
ICPD
ICTXX
ICT50
I125
I131
IDXX
ID
MS
INCP
INCR
IND
INDIA
INDIAB
INDIAC
INDIAR
INDIAW
INFV
INIT
INS
INT
INT
IO
IP
IPE
IR
IR192
IRT
ISN
ISO
INWAT
JOA
JULIET
JUNV
K40
KF
KG
KILO
km/h
KT
KM
KPH
KR85
KT
Explanation
identify warning sets
Hecto Pascal
Headquarters
Hour
Trimeric mustard
Intermediate Bulk Container
Integrated Biological Detector System
Inductively Coupled Plasma Detector
Incapacitating Dosage
Median Incapacitating Dosage
Iodine
Iodine 131
Incapacitating Dose
Inside Dose Rate
Identification
Ion Mobility Spectrometer
Incapacitating agent
Increasing
Indicative
Release Information on CBRN Incidents
Release and Sampling Information on Biological
Incidents
Release and Sampling Information on Chemical
Incidents
Release and Sampling Information on Radiological
Incidents
Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike - Letter W
added to identify warning sets
Influenza virus
Initial
Industrial Source
Intelligence based
Intact Package or Device
Iodine
Intercept Point
Individual Protective Equipment
Infrared Spectroscope
Irridium
Irritant
Incident Serial Number
Large ISO containers
Substance spilled into water
Joint Operations Area
Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds
Junin virus
Potassium
Kilofeet (1000 feet)
Kilogram
Crater Description
Kilometre
Kilometre per Hour
Krypton
Kiloton
D-6
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
LAYERM
lb
LCt
LCt50
LD50
LC
LCTXX
LCT50
LDXX
LD50
LEAK
LIDAR
LIMA
LISN
LIQ
LIQUID
LISN
LOW
LRG
LRG
LRG
LSCAD
LoC
LSD
LTA
LTN
M
MED
M
M3
MACV
MARV
MCTXX
MDS
MED
MED
MED
MED
MERWARN
MERWARN
MES
MET
MET
MeV
MF
MIKE
MIKECB
MIKER
MIL
Explanation
Knots
Liquid Sample
Lewisite
Litre
Latitude and Longitude
Lassa virus
Wind Conditions at 2,000m Increments up to 30,000m
- Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
Pounds
Liquid Chromatograph
Lethal Dosage
Median Lethal Dosage
Lethal Dose
Median Lethal Dose
Continuous Flow from Damaged Pipe or Container
Light Detection and Ranging
Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes
Liquid Sample
Liquid
Local Incident Serial Number
Low Confidence
Chemical - Large (Greater than 1500 Litres/Kilogram
but equal to or less than 50000 Litres/Kilogram)
Biological Large (Greater than 10 Kilogram but
equal to or less than 100 Kilogram)
Radiological - Large (Fire/Exposed Source)
Lightweight Stand-off Chemical Agent Detector
Lines of communication
Least Separation Disctance
Latest Time of Arrival
Long ton
Mandatory
Metre
Cubic Metre
Machupo virus
Marburg virus
Eye effecting Dosage xx (Miosis) = MCt1 to MCt99
Medical Source
Medium Confidence
Chemical - Medium (Greater than 200 Litres/Kilogram
but equal to or less than 1500 Litres/Kilogram)
Biological - Medium (Greater than 1 Kilogram but
equal to or less than 10 Kilogram)
Warning of fallout endangering merchant shipping
Measured
Meteorological
Million electro Volts
Multiplication Factor
Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes
Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological
Substance or Storage or Release Information
Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and
Radiological Incidents
Mils
D-7
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
MSGID
MT
MTF
Num.
n
NF
NKN
NM
MSH
MSL
MSLINT
MSV
MT
MWS
MXR
N
N
N
N
NARDD
NATU
NEG
NERV
NEU
NIL
NKN
NM
NMR
NONE
NOO
NOVEMBER
Explanation
Missile Intercept Report
Milligrams per square metre
Milligrams per cubic metre
Military Geographic Reference System
Milligray
Minute
Missile Intercept Report
Millitre
Mils/Grid North
Mils/Magnetic North
Multiple-launch Rocket System
Mils/True North
Milligram-minutes per cubic metre
Cubic Metre
Mine
Mass Spectrometer
Month
Monkeypox virus
Mortar
Manned Point Detection System
Miles per Hour
Milligram/70 kg person
Metres per Second
Manned Survey
Mass Spectrometer
Minimum Safe Distance
Manned Stand-off Detection System
Message Identifier
Millisievert per Hour
Missile
Missile Intercept
Millisievert
Megaton
Message Text Format
Military Weapon Source
Mixture of radiation emissions
Neutral
No, not conducted
Nuclear Attack
Numerical
Non Activated Radiological Dispersion Device
Natural Uranium
Negative Results
Nerve agent
Neutron
Normalizing Factor
No substance detected (only used in CBRN 4)
Not known
Nautical Mile
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
No Crater Present
Number of microorganisms
Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons
D-8
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
OHFV
OPER
ORGIDDFT
OSCAR
OISN
OTR
OTR
OTSB
P32
P
PAGE
PALT
PAPAA
PAPAB
PAPAC
PAPAD
PAPAR
PAPAX
PC
PCR
PD
PEAK
PENT
PF
PID
PIP
PLT
PM
PS
PTP
Pu
PM147
PO210
POOL
POS
PPB
PPM
PRE
PROV
PS
PU238
PU
Explanation
Non-Persistent
Nuclear
Nuclear Warhead
Immediate (message)
Operationally Determined
Observed
Human observed
Overall Correlation Factor
Outside Dose Rate
Operational Exposure Guidance
Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus
Operation Codeword
Organization Designator of Drafter/Releaser
Date-Time-Group for Estimated Contour Lines
Official Incident Serial Number
Other (use GENTEXT to specify)
Other substance
Orientia tsutsugamushi
Phosphorus
Persistent
Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Palytoxin
Predicted Release and Hazard Area
Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters
Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive
Cloud
Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive
Cloud
Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters
Hazard Area Location for Weather Period
Particle Counting
Polymerise Chain Reaction
Personal Dosimeter
Peak
Penetrating agent
Protection Factor
Photo Ionisation Detector
Pipe or Pipeline
Plant
Afternoon
Promethium
Polonium
Large Quantity of Still Liquid
Positive results
Parts per Billion (109)
Parts per Million (106)
Presumptive
Provisional Identification
Chloropicrin
Predicted Target Point
Plutonium
Plutonium
D-9
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
QUEBEC
RAD
R
RA226
RAD
RCP
RCT
RD
RDD
RDPS
RDS
RECCE
REF
RES
RIA
RIC
RICB
RICT
RITB
RKT
RLD
RNDSG
RNP
RNR
ROMEO
RS
RURH
RUP
RVFV
RWM
RWS
S
SA
S
SA
SALB
SATB
SAME
SAXT
SBD
SBD
SC75
SCC
SCD
SCRUB
SDYB
SEA
SEC
SHL
SHP
SIBCA
Explanation
Single Release of a Cloud
Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of
Sample/Detection
Radius
Radiological Incident
Radium
Radiological
Radiological Contamination Probe
Reactor
Remote Detection
Radiological Dispersion Device
Radiological Device Point Source
Radius
Reconnaissance
Reference
Radiation Exposure State
Radioimmunoassay
Rickettsiae
Rickettsia rickettsii
Ricins
Rickettsia typhi
Rocket
Railroad Car
Radiological and Nuclear Defence Sub-group
Release from nuclear power plant
Research Nuclear Reactor
Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend & Decay
Rate Trend
Radius of Safety
Ruthenium / Rhodiun
Catastrophic rupture of a tank
Rift Valley fever virus
Radiological Waste Material
Radioactive waste storage
Stable
Arsin
Salmonella spp
Salmonella Typhi
Same
Saxitoxins
Simple Bio Detection Kit
Satellite-Based Detection
Scandium
Sub Collection Centre
Simple Chemical Detection Kit
Scrubby Vegetation
Shigella dysenteriae
Sea
Second
Shell
Ship
Sampling and Identification of Biological and Chemical
D - 10
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
SIBCRA
SIERRA
SITREP
SL
SIRA
SIT
SITREP
SM
SML
SML
SML
SMP
SNTRY
SOIL
SOLID
SOP
susp.
SPEC
SPILL
SPR
SPRAY
SR90
SRF
STET
STK
SUBS
SURF
STN
STRIKWARN
SUS
TANGO
T
TETT
TF
TG
TIB
TIC
TIH
TIM
TIR
TG
TH232
TIB
TIC
TIM
TIR
TM170
TN
TNK
TON
TOP
TOR
TOX
TOX
TPT
Explanation
Agent
Sampling and Identification of Biological, Chemical
and Radiological Agent
Date-Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of
Contamination
Sampling and Identification of Radiological Agent
Situation Report
Situation Report
Standard Level
Statute Mile
Chemical - Small (200 litres/Kilogram or Less)
Biological Small (Less than 1 Kilogramme)
Radiological - Small (Evidence of Disruption/Intact
Package or Device)
Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions
Warhead)
Automated Chemical and Biological Agent Detector
Soil Sample
Solid Sample
Standing Operating Procedures
Radiation Spectrometer
Small Quantity of Still Liquid
Spray (tank)
Spraying
Strontium
Spent Reactor Fuel
Staphylococcal Enterotoxins
Stockpile
Sub surface (SUBS is only used in NUC reports)
Surface (release on ground impact)
Short Ton
Nuclear Strike Warning Message
Suspected
Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description
Thicken agent
Tetradotoxin
Transmission Factor
Tear Gas
Thorium
Toxic Industrial Biological
Toxic Industrial Chemical
Toxic Industrial hazard
Toxic Industrial Material
Toxic Industrial Radiological
Thulium
True North
Storage Tank (stationary or mobile)
Ton
Cloud Top
Torpedo
Toxic molecules
Toxin
Road Transport
D - 11
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
TRMT
U
U
U240
UAS
UGPK
UGS
UN ID
UNITM
UTM
V
VX
W
W&R
UMPD
UMDS
UMSD
UMS
UNAMB
URBAN
USH
USV
UTM
V
VAB
VALLEY
VAP
VARV
VBRAD
VEEV
VEG
VICB
VIR
VMT
VX
WARN
WATER
WEEV
WHISKEY
WHISKEYM
WK
WGS
WOODS
WRC
X
WST
X
XLG
XLG
XLG
Explanation
Trichothecene mycotoxins
Unstable
Not Known
Uranium
Un-manned Aerial Survey
microgram/70 kg person
Un-manned Ground Survey
Four-digit United Nations Substance Identification
Number. It is an international standard number which
identifies the substance concerned
Units of Measurement - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
Un-Manned Point Detection
Un-Manned Detection System
Un-Manned Stand-off Detection
Un-manned Survey
Unambiguous Identification
Urban
Microsievert per hour
Microsievert
Universal Transverse Mercator
V-agent
Variable
Valley
Vapour
Variola virus
Vehicle Borne Radiation Detector
Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
Vegetation Sample
Vibrio cholerae
Viral
Vomiting agent
VX
West
Warning and Reporting
CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN
Infrastructure
Water Sample
Western equine encephalitis virus
Sensor Information
Surface Weather for the First Two Hour Period - Letter
M added to identify meteorological sets
Week
World Geodatic System
Wooded Terrain
Warning and Reporting Centre
Waste
Character (N+AN)
Chemical - Extra Large (Greater than 50000
Litres/Kilogram)
Biological - Extra Large (Greater than 100 Kilogram)
Radiological - Extra Large (Explosions and
Fire/Damaged Package and Contamination)
D - 12
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
Set
XRAYA
XRAYB
XRAYM
Y
YANKEE
YANKEEM
YB169
YELV
YPEB
YD
Z
ZCC
ZULU
ZULUM
Explanation
Actual Contour Information
Predicted Contour Information
Surface Weather for the Second Two Hour Period Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
Yes, conducted
Downwind Direction And Downwind Speed
Surface Weather for the Third Two Hour Period Letter M added to identify meteorological sets
Yturbium
Yellow fever virus
Yersinia pestis
Yard
Flash (message)
Zone Control Center
Measured Weather Conditions
Period of Validity - Letter M added to identify
meteorological sets
D - 13
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)
D - 14
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
ANNEX E
LEXICON
Notes:
1. The terms and the definitions used within ATP-45(D) are drawn from AAP-6 NATO Glossary
of Terms and Definitions and AAP-21NATO Glossary of CBRN Terms and Definitions. The terms
found in these glossaries are not repeated here.
2. Bracket indicates the short title of the source when applicable.
air stability category / classe de stabilit atmosphrique
An index (e.g. a Pasquill Number) determined by air temperature and wind speed, which describes
the mixing of CBRN hazards with air.
allocated
CBRN RAD messages which are considered to be from the same radiological incident and linked as a
result of correlation with existing CBRN 2 RAD messages in the system.
approved
A CBRN 2 RAD which has been assessed and considered to be a real incident and has been given
an ALFA Incident Serial Number.
atmosphere / atmosphre
Gaseous envelope surrounding the earth. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)
chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear incident / incident chimique, biologique,
radiologique et nuclaire
Any occurrence, resulting from the use of chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear weapons and
devices; the emergence of secondary hazards arising from counter-force targeting; or the release of
toxic industrial material into the environment, involving the emergence of chemical, biological,
radiological and nuclear hazards or effects. Note: Term may be qualified by words such as
`suspected or `confirmed as appropriate to the situation.
chemical casualty / victime chimique
A person who has been affected sufficiently, by a chemical agent to make him incapable of
performing his duties or continuing his mission.
1. Immediate chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty within one hour after being
subjected to a chemical attack.
2. Delayed chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty more than one hour after being
subjected to a chemical attack (FM3-10).
command, control and information system / systme d'information, de commandement et de
contrle
An integrated system comprised of doctrine, procedures, organisational structure, personnel,
equipment, facilities and communications which provides authorities at all levels with timely and
adequate data to plan, direct and control their activities.
Contaminated area / aire contamine
The area where a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear agent or toxic industrial material in solid
or liquid form is actually present.
Correlation
Process to determine the relationship between CBRN messages. Correlation can be carried out by
calculation and/or comparison of messages to see if they conform to pre-set criteria which depends
on whether the messages are CBRN 1 RAD, CBRN 2 RAD or CBRN 4 RAD.
LEXICON - 1
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
ATP-45(D)
CBRN 1 RAD message which correlates with existing messages in the system and is considered
to be from an off-target incident.
CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message which is considered to have preliminary correlation with
existing messages in the system.
LEXICON - 2
NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED